AI assistant
China Infrastructure & Logistics Group Ltd. — Annual Report 2020
Apr 21, 2021
50115_rns_2021-04-21_2b8ba954-4301-48f1-978c-74e4c469bc0d.pdf
Annual Report
Open in viewerOpens in your device viewer


Contents
| 2 | Corporate information |
|---|---|
| 4 | Financial highlights |
| 6 | Chairman's statement |
| 9 | Management discussion and analysis |
| 24 | Directors and senior management |
| 28 | Corporate governance report |
| 38 | Environmental, social and governance report |
| 63 | Report of the board of directors |
| 73 | Independent auditor's report |
| 78 | Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income |
| 79 | Consolidated statement of financial position |
| 81 | Consolidated statement of cash flows |
| 83 | Consolidated statement of changes in equity |
| 85 | Notes to the consolidated financial statements |
| 165 | Major properties information |
| 166 | Financial summary |
Corporate information
Directors Co-Chairman and non-executive Director: Mr. Yan Zhi
Co-Chairman and executive Director: Mr. Peng Chi
Executive Directors: Mr. Xie Bingmu Mr. Zhang Jiwei
Non-executive Director: Mr. Xia Yu
Independent non-executive Directors:
Mr. Lee Kang Bor, Thomas, LLM, FCCA, FCPA Dr. Mao Zhenhua Mr. Wong Wai Keung, Frederick, FCA, FCPA
Audit committee members
Mr. Lee Kang Bor, Thomas, LLM, FCCA, FCPA (Chairman) Dr. Mao Zhenhua Mr. Wong Wai Keung, Frederick, FCA, FCPA Mr. Xia Yu
Remuneration committee members
Mr. Lee Kang Bor, Thomas, LLM, FCCA, FCPA (Chairman) Dr. Mao Zhenhua Mr. Wong Wai Keung, Frederick, FCA, FCPA Mr. Xia Yu
Nomination committee members
Mr. Wong Wai Keung, Frederick, FCA, FCPA (Chairman) Mr. Lee Kang Bor, Thomas, LLM, FCCA, FCPA Dr. Mao Zhenhua Mr. Xia Yu
Compliance officer
Mr. Xie Bingmu
Authorised representatives
Mr. Xie Bingmu Ms. Hui Wai Man, Shirley
Company secretary
Ms. Hui Wai Man, Shirley
Auditor
Grant Thornton Hong Kong Limited Certified Public Accountants
Legal advisers
Sidley Austin Maples and Calder
Company website
www.cilgl.com
Principal bankers
Bank of Communications Hubei Province, Wuhan Jiangan Branch, the PRC
Minsheng Bank Wuhan Qiaokou Branch, the PRC
China Merchants Bank Wuhan Branch, the PRC
Bank of Hankou Yangluo Branch, the PRC
China CITIC Bank International Limited Hong Kong
Head office
Suite 2101, 21/F., Two Exchange Square 8 Connaught Place Central, Hong Kong
Corporate information
Principal share registrar and transfer office
Suntera (Cayman) Limited Suite 3204, Unit 2A, Block 3, Building D, P.O. Box 1586 Gardenia Court, Camana Bay Grand Cayman, KY1-1100 Cayman Islands
Hong Kong branch share registrar and transfer office
Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited 1712-1716, 17th Floor Hopewell Centre 183 Queen's Road East Wanchai, Hong Kong
Registered office
P.O. Box 309, Ugland House Grand Cayman, KY1-1104 Cayman Islands
Contact details
Phone : (852) 3158-0603 Fax : (852) 3011-1279 Email : [email protected]
Stock Code
1719
Financial highlights
Review highlights
| Year ended 31 December | ||
|---|---|---|
| 2020 | 2019 | |
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Revenue | 443,550 | 352,021 |
| Cost of services rendered and goods sold | (353,122) | (247,457) |
| Gross profit | 90,428 | 104,564 |
| Other income | 26,239 | 18,104 |
| General, administrative and other operating expenses | (57,364) | (49,404) |
| Operating profit/EBITDA (Earnings before interest, income tax expense, | ||
| depreciation and amortisation) | 59,303 | 73,264 |
| Finance costs – net | (35,039) | (19,554) |
| EBTDA (Earnings before income tax expense, depreciation and amortisation) | 24,264 | 53,710 |
| Depreciation and amortisation | (32,535) | (30,283) |
| Change in fair value of investment properties | 44,740 | 31,732 |
| Share of profit of an associate | 333 | 233 |
| Profit before income tax | 36,802 | 55,392 |
| Income tax expense | (14,390) | (17,900) |
| Profit for the year | 22,412 | 37,492 |
| Non-controlling interests | 3,448 | (2,962) |
| Profit attributable to owners of the Company | 25,860 | 34,530 |
Financial highlights
Throughput of Container (TEUs)

Market Share (%)

Revenue (HK\$ million)

Profit attributable to owners of the Company (HK\$ million)

Chairman's Statement
Chairman's statement
On behalf of the board of directors (the "Directors") (the "Board") of China Infrastructure & Logistics Group Ltd. (the "Company"), I am pleased to present the annual report of the Company and its subsidiaries (the "Group") for the year ended 31 December 2020.
Review of operations and results
For the year ended 31 December 2020, profit attributable to owners of the Company was HK\$25.86 million (2019: HK\$34.53 million). Main drivers of profit contributions came from the terminal & related business of the WIT Port and the Multi-Purpose Port and government subsidy income together with fair value gains on investment properties.
In 2020, although inner ports and shipping logistics enterprises within Wuhan Port were affected by the Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) (the "Pandemic") and the business volume declined in the early part of the year, the WIT Port terminal persisted in port and route operations and acted as a designated port for epidemic prevention and protection materials. It took effective measures to keep 24-hour operations uninterrupted and maintained the port with well performed operation to ensure the activities of important pandemic prevention materials, supplies for people's livelihood and import and export of foreign trade cargoes approaching the delivery schedules were smoothly managed, as well as to ensure the smooth flow of the water passages in the Wuhan Port.
On 21 January, 2020, the Group signed a cooperation agreement with Wuhan Jingkai Port Company Limited with the WIT Port Phase I manage and operate Wuhan Jingkai Port. After the integrated operation of the Group and Wuhan Jingkai Port, the first introduction of "water shuttles" on daily schedules running between the middle and upper reaches of the Yangtze River was launched on 22 April, 2020. With the first introduction of a model of water shuttles having free midway transits, a strong support and protection have been provided for the Jingkai areas, Wuhan areas and the upper reaches of the Yangtze River with same day customs declaration, same day inspection and same day transportation of foreign cargoes, and also help enterprises which improve operating logistics and save cost. The integrated operation of Yangluo Port and Jingkai Port is a win win model in stabilising foreign trade, promoting smooth flow, as well as demonstrating prominent performances in the aspects of safety, efficiency and cost reduction of goods transportation.
On 28 November 2019, with the direct international shipping route from Wuhan to Japan commenced trial maiden voyage, since then, trial run voyages were carried out. Through the trial voyages, the cargo volume from Wuhan to Japan has gradually improved, the economic aspect of the route operation has been tested, and docking qualifications of Japanese ports has also been obtained. The whole process including aspects of refueling procedures and entry pilotage have been attempted and accomplished. On 9 May 2020, the first official direct international shipping route in the middle and upper
Chairman's statement
reaches of Yangtze River from Wuhan to Japan was launched at Phase one terminal of the Yangluo Port, which was of a milestone significance as it was the first international shipping liner route in the middle and upper reaches of Yangtze River. Starting from the Yangluo Port, sailing through the Yangtze River directly into the sea and up to the Japanese ports, it takes lesser time than the original route, and also avoids all kinds of uncertainties, reduces logistics costs for enterprises and enhances the overall competitiveness of the Phase one of Yangluo.
On 26 November 2020, the Wuhan New Port Management Committee signed a cooperation agreement with Xuzhou City and Huai'an City respectively, and the Wuhan-Huai'an-Xuzhou container shipping liner route was officially opened. The container shipping liner route from Xuzhou to Wuhan was the first comprehensive container shipping liner route between the middle and upper reaches of the Yangtze River and the Beijing-Hangzhou Grand Canal in the PRC, connecting the important water transportation hub in the middle and upper reaches of the Yangtze River — the Wuhan Port with Xuzhou, the economy city of the Huai River. The opening of the Wuhan-Huaian-Xuzhou liner route has brought new opportunities for industrial cooperation and development in the Yangtze-Huai River Region and the middle and upper reaches of the Yangtze River. This helps to expand the entry of gravel, cement, clinker and other building materials from the main watershed of the Yangtze River into the market of the hinterland of the Beijing-Hangzhou Grand Canal, and reduce logistics costs for enterprises, meanwhile passes through dry bulk containerization model and promotes green port operations.
Future outlook
Looking ahead, the Group continues to maintain a positive view towards the future prospects of port businesses in the PRC. The Group will continue to provide comprehensive services and logistics solutions which encompass solutions and services including port services, multimodal logistics transportation, port processing trade, environmental energy construction and construction of infrastructure facilities, and in such a way it is able to build a leading logistics ecosystem domestically and become a service provider and operator of modern logistics and infrastructure facilities. Nevertheless, we still anticipate competitions from the neighboring ports to continue. We will also continue with our strategies of tariff alignment with neighbouring ports and enhancement of services quality to our customers. In addition, the Group will accelerate the development of new businesses, including (i) expand and optimize the bulk commodity transaction supply chain related to the port businesses; (ii) actively integrate and prepare the investment, construction and operation management of environmental protection industry along the Yangtze River which focuses on detoxification treatment of solid waste and resource recycling; and (iii) promote the development of port, industry and city centering on the Hannan Port. However, the Group's development might be affected by external economic factors such as the uncertainty of the Pandemic which might affect the economy of the Hebei Province going forward. Consequently, the market remains cautious and the task of sustaining rapid growth remains arduous.
Acknowledgement
Finally, I would like to extend my heartfelt gratitude to all our shareholders for their continued support and to our customers and banks for their trust, encouragement and recognition. Meanwhile, I would also like to thank all members of the Board for their valuable contributions and support, and all our staff and the management team for their hard work and devotion.
Yan Zhi Co-Chairman
Hong Kong, 30 March 2021
Review of operations
Overall business environment
The principal activities of the Group are investment in and the development, operation and management of container and other ports, and the provision of port related, logistics and other services including integrated logistics, port and warehouse leasing and the supply chain management and trading services, mainly conducted through its various ports, including the WIT Port (武漢陽邏港), the Multi-Purpose Port (通用港口), the Hannan Port (漢南港), the Shayang Port (沙洋港)and the Shipai Port (石牌港), all located in the Yangtze River Basin in Hubei Province, the People's Republic of China (the "PRC") and the provision of construction services, conducted through Zhongji Tongshang Construction.
The WIT Port and the Multi-Purpose Port
The WIT Port is located along the Yangtze River in the Yangluo Economic Development Zone, Wuhan, Hubei Province, the PRC.
The strong and well established industrial base of Wuhan featuring operators in major industries, including automobile and its components, chemical, steel, textile, machinery and equipment as well as those in the construction materials businesses have been and will continue to be the principal providers of gateway cargoes to the WIT Port.
Due to the inherent water-depth limitations along the upstream regions of the Yangtze River, large ships are precluded from navigating directly between those areas and Shanghai. The trans-shipment service provided by the WIT Port offers a more economical alternative to ship container cargoes using large ships carrying more containers to and from Shanghai and overseas. Surrounding areas which are serviced by the WIT Port include Hunan, Guizhou, Chongqing, Sichuan, Shanxi, Henan, Hubei and Shaanxi Provinces. Strategic initiatives by the government for shipping companies and the WIT Port promotes direct shipment to the Yangshan Port in Shanghai (江海直達) have further strengthened the position of the WIT Port as a trans-shipment port at the mid-stream of the Yangtze River. Phase one terminal of Yangluo Port opened the first direct international shipping route from Wuhan to Japan in the fourth quarter of 2019, which was a landmark significance as the first international shipping route in the middle and upper reaches of Yangtze River.
The Group has also developed port related services including agency and integrated logistics service businesses to expand its revenue sources, including bonded warehousing, customs clearance, break bulk and distribution at the WIT Port.
The Multi-Purpose Port, which is located adjacent to the WIT Port, extends the container handling capacity of the Group to beyond that of the WIT Port and supplements the terminal service business operation of the Group alongside the WIT Port. Given the close proximity between the WIT Port and the Multi-Purpose Port, they are jointly operated and managed by Wuhan International Container Company Limited ("WIT"). In addition, the Group has cooperated with Wuhan Jingkai Port Company to manage and operate the Jingkai Port to induce rapid growth in its container throughput, expand the container services at the WIT Port, and to integrate and optimize port logistics resources, all of which were conducive to the synergy and development of the Group's port business.
During the first half of 2019, as a result of the lifting of the requirement of the customs department to designate a domestic trade zone for the handling and storage of domestic trade containers and cargos so as to segregate them from foreign trade containers and cargos at the Yangluo Port, the barrier of the domestic trade zone in Phase one of Yangluo Port area was removed. Since then, Phase one of Yangluo Port area has been allowed to integrate operations and management of both domestic and foreign trade containers and cargos. This has brought about major changes to the terminals in the Yangluo Port resulting in significant improvement in capacity, efficiency and service quality of the port and greatly increased usable area of the stacking yard at the port. With additional usable area and improved efficiency and for the purpose of generating steady and regular income, the Group decided and subsequently commenced leasing certain part of the stacking yard and warehouses at the WIT Port to independent third parties for leasing income during the year ended 31 December 2019. As a result of this, the usage of the stacking yard and certain warehouses designated for leasing has been changed from owner occupied to for leasing purpose, and accordingly, these assets have been transferred from property, plant and equipment, construction in progress and land use rights to investment properties since the second half of 2019 and have since been leased out to customers.
The Hannan Port
The Hannan Port is located along the Yangtze River in Wuhan, adjacent to the Shanghai-Chengdu, Beijing Zhuhai Expressway and within 80 kilometers of the Beijing-Guangzhou Beijing-Kowloon rail link.
Wuhan, the provincial capital of Hubei, is an important transport hub in the PRC. In terms of riverway traffic, Wuhan is linked through the Yangtze River with six provinces (namely Jiangsu, Anhui, Hubei, Sichuan, Jiangxi and Hunan) and Shanghai. Given the important role of Wuhan in the development of the Yangtze River Economic Belt, the Directors consider that it is in the interests of the Group to make further investments in its port businesses in the Wuhan area.
In recent years, the Group has been facing competition from its neighbouring port operator capturing marketing shares from the Group through the deployment of tariff cutting tactics to induce customers to use its port. To capture the future economic growth in Wuhan and to better position itself against the competition from neighbouring ports, Hannan Port Group provides an opportunity for the Group to expand its geographical coverage beyond the Yangluo Port Area where the WIT Port and the Multi-Purpose Port in Wuhan are located. The Hannan Port Group creates synergies between the WIT Port and the Hannan Port, particularly because the management team of the WIT Port has extensive experience in the construction, development and management of ports in the PRC. Being the feeder port of the WIT Port, the Hannan Port can increase the throughput capacity of the WIT Port to satisfy the demand for logistics services in Wuhan. The WIT Port, together with the Hannan Port, can provide more cost-effective solutions to the Group's customers. As the Hannan Port will be developed into a multi-purpose service platform in phases, providing terminal, warehousing and logistics services and other services including RORO (Roll on Roll off), bulk cargo transportation and storage, automobile spare parts processing and logistics services.
Phase I of the Hannan Port has been completed. Phase II, which will be developed as a multi-purpose port, is in the course of pre-construction work.
The Shayang Port
The Shayang Port, one of the major port construction projects under the "12th Five-Year Plan" of Hubei Province, the PRC which serves as a logistics centre and water transportation hub connecting the surrounding six provinces, is an essential material distribution centre of Central Wuhan and also a superior port area for the middle reaches of the Han River. The investment was made as part of the Group's strategy to establish a synergistic connection between the Shayang Port and the WIT Port in the Yangtze River Basin. This served to maximise the WIT Port's advantage as a logistics centre of the Yangtze River, in line with the development trend of "The Belt and Road" policy in the PRC, and was beneficial to the Group implementing its strategic aims in the Yangtze River Basin.
The Shayang Port was planned to have six berths. The port commenced commercial operation in 2018. The testing of equipment for the sixth berth was completed and became operational in the first half of 2019. As at 31 December 2020, the Group has obtained the port operating licence of 4 berths.
On 1 March 2021, the Group entered into an agreement to dispose of its 60% interest in the subsidiary which holds the Shayang Port owning the port facilities and terminal equipment. The disposal was subsequently completed in March 2021. Further details are set out in the announcement of the Company dated 1 March 2021.
The Hanjiang logistics centre adjacent to the Shayang Port which is still owned by the Group, comprises 7 blocks of warehouses and an ancillary office building and it is intended to be held as investment property for generating rental income.
The Shipai Port
The Shipai Port is located in Shipai County, Zhongxiang City, Hubei Province, the PRC and intended to be developed into a port, logistics and industrial mixed-use port district with an area of approximately 25 square kilometers. The port portion of the Shipai Port will occupy an area of approximately 2.5 square kilometers with four (4) 1,000-tonne class berths, and a logistics park covering approximately 2.5 square kilometers to be constructed next to the port area. The investment in the Shipai Port provides an opportunity for the Group to expand its geographical coverage and create synergy among its ports.
The port commenced commercial operations in 2018. The inspection and acceptance of the construction of the temporary stacking yard was completed in 2019.
Zhongji Tongshang Construction
Zhongji Tongshang Construction is principally engaged in undertaking construction projects. Zhongji Tongshang Construction acts as the platform for the Group to diversify its business and explore new business opportunities in the construction industries. Zhongji Tongshang Construction has been negotiating for the role of the main contractor in municipal construction projects in Hubei Province. As a main contractor in construction project, Zhongji Tongshang Construction will be expected to act as the entity in charge of the entire project, and will be responsible for completion or outsourcing of the construction works and supervision of the project to ensure that it will be completed on time and within budget, and ensuring that the construction work will meet all relevant regulations and quality standards.
The Group commenced its construction business through Zhongji Tongshang Construction since December 2019, as a main contractor for the provision of construction services for various construction works, including residential structures, commercial structures and performance stages.
Tongshang Supply Chain
Leveraging the Group's extensive experience in the operation and management of various ports and terminals located within the Yangtze River Basin in Hubei Province, coupled with its solid customer and supplier network cultivated during its many years of business operation, Tongshang Supply Chain Management (Wuhan) Co., Ltd.*(通商供應鏈管理(武漢)有限公 司) ("Tongshang Supply Chain") serves as the principal supply chain service provider and trader for up-stream suppliers and down-stream customers through the supply chain management and trading business of the Group. The development of supply chain management and trading business will enable the Group to establish deeper connections with both supply and demand sides of the supply chain, engage in various businesses such as trading, logistics, storage and delivery, and enhance efficiency of integrated services. At the same time, it will enable the Group to consolidate and optimise flows of commodities, capital and information for the supply chain, which will facilitate trading enterprises to enhance intelligent trading, reduce costs and strengthen competitiveness.
Operating results
Revenue
| Year ended 31 December | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2020 | 2019 | Increase/(Decrease) | |||
| HK\$'000 | % | HK\$'000 | % | HK\$'000 | % |
| 82,006 | 18.5 | 101,981 | 29.0 | (19,975) | (19.6) |
| 34,577 | 7.8 | 62,670 | 17.8 | (28,093) | (44.8) |
| 13,455 | 3.0 | 8,617 | 2.4 | 4,838 | 56.1 |
| 24,839 | 5.6 | 25,129 | 7.1 | (290) | (1.2) |
| 13,515 | 3.1 | 7,232 | 2.1 | 6,283 | 86.9 |
| 249,470 | 56.2 | 19,922 | 5.7 | 229,548 | 1,152.2 |
| 25,688 | 5.8 | 126,470 | 35.9 | (100,782) | (79.7) |
| 26.0 | |||||
| 443,550 | 100.0 | 352,021 | 100.0 | 91,529 |
For the year ended 31 December 2020, the Group's revenue amounted to HK\$443.55 million (2019: HK\$352.02 million), representing an increase of 26.0% as compared to 2019. The increase was mainly due to the offsetting effect of (i) the significant increase in revenue of HK\$229.55 million from the supply chain management and trading business as most of which was contributed by the cement and non-ferrous metals trading business which commenced in the second half of 2020; (ii) increase in stacking yard and warehouse leasing income of HK\$4.84 million in the property business of WIT; (iii) the significant decrease in the income of HK\$100.78 million from construction services arising from the slow progress of the construction projects due to the outbreak and wide spread of the Pandemic during the first half of 2020; (iv) the decrease in integrated logistics service income of HK\$28.09 million as service coverage reduced from integrated to only certain sections of the service chain and (v) decrease in revenue of HK\$19.98 million from the container handling, storage & other service and the increase of HK\$6.28 million from general and bulk cargoes handling service as a result of the cooperation with Wuhan Jingkai Port Company.
Terminal service
Container throughput
| Year ended 31 December | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2020 | 2019 | Increase/(Decrease) | |||
| TEUs | % | TEUs | % | TEUs | % |
| 316,915 | 49.4 | 349,231 | 57.1 | (32,316) | (9.3) |
| 325,216 | 50.6 | 262,797 | 42.9 | 62,419 | 23.8 |
| 4.9 | |||||
| 642,131 | 100.0 | 612,028 | 100.0 | 30,103 |
Total throughput achieved by WIT for the year ended 31 December 2020 was 642,131 TEUs, representing an increase of 30,103 TEUs or approximately 4.9% as compared to that of 612,028 TEUs for the year ended 31 December 2019. For the 642,131 (2019: 612,028 TEUs) TEUs handled in 2020, 316,915 TEUs (2019: 349,231 TEUs) or approximately 49.4% (2019: 57.1%) and 325,216 TEUs (2019: 262,797 TEUs) or approximately 50.6% (2019: 42.9%) were attributed to gateway cargoes and trans-shipment cargoes respectively. The gateway cargoes throughput decreased by approximately 9.3% to 316,915 TEUs (2019: 349,231 TEUs) and the trans-shipment cargoes throughput increased by approximately 23.8% to 325,216 TEUs (2019: 262,797 TEUs).
The increase in overall container throughput for the year ended 31 December 2020 was attributable to offsetting effect of an approximately 9.3% decrease in gateway cargoes and an approximately 23.8% increase in trans-shipment cargoes. The decrease in gateway cargoes was mainly due to the outbreak and wide spread of the Pandemic which affected the number of containers handled by the Group in the first quarter of 2020 not fully compensated by the increase in containers handled in the second half of 2020. The Wuhan lockdown, closure of foreign ports and suspension of operations of enterprises in Hubei Province had, with the exception of the transportation of daily necessities and protective equipment, resulted in the decline of gateway cargoes handled during the first half of 2020. The increase in trans-shipment cargoes is mainly due to cooperation with Wuhan Jingkai Port Company that open-up east-west routes and serve enterprises around the Wuhan Development Zone, attracting more trans-shipment cargoes from upstream of Wuhan Yangtze River such as Chongqing to transit through Jingkai Port to WIT Port via the water shuttle bus.
Since the initial outbreak and wide spread of the Pandemic, the Group's WIT Port and Multi-Purpose Port had continued to operate as these ports were listed by the Port and Shipping Management Bureau of Wuhan City and the Business Bureau of Wuhan City as the major ports of unloading daily necessities and protective equipment and materials to fight against the Pandemic. As a result of this, the impact of the Pandemic to the Group was relatively less severe as compared with other ports in Wuhan which saw the Group handled a total of 72,334 TEUS for the first quarter of 2020, a drop of 66,885 TEUs or approximately 48.0% as compared with 139,219 TEUs handled in the corresponding period of 2019. With the Pandemic substantially under control in China, container throughput of the Group continued to recover with a total of 152,812 container TEUs handled for the January to May 2020 period, a drop of 87,263 TUEs or approximately 36.3% as compared to 240,075 TEUs handled for the corresponding period of 2019. The month of June 2020 was the turning point of recovery which saw a growth of 6.1% in TEUs as compared with the corresponding month of 2019 handled by the Group.
Market share
In terms of market share, for the year ended 31 December 2020, WIT's market share increased to approximately 43.6% (2019: 38.0%) based on a total of 1,472,794 TEUs (2019: 1,612,687 TEUs) handled for the whole of Wuhan in 2020. The increase was mainly due to the closure of the neighbouring competing ports with no containers being handled in the first quarter of this year while the WIT Port continued to operate for the transportation of daily necessities and protective equipment during the Pandemic in that quarter.
Average tariff
Tariffs denominated in Renminbi ("RMB") were converted into Hong Kong Dollars, being the reporting currency of the Group. The average tariff for gateway cargoes for the year ended 31 December 2020 was RMB191 (equivalent to approximately HK\$214) per TEU (2019: RMB216 (equivalent to approximately HK\$238) per TEU), representing a decrease of approximately 11.6% as compared to that of year ended 31 December 2019. The average tariff for trans-shipment cargoes was RMB18 (equivalent to approximately HK\$20) per TEU (2019: RMB40 (equivalent to approximately HK\$44) per TEU), which decreased by approximately 55.0% as compared to that of 2019. Average tariff for gateway cargoes remain at similar level as that of 2019. The decrease in the tariff for the trans-shipment cargoes was due to the transportation of empty containers in between WIT Port and Wuhan Jingkai Port with lower tariff as part of the cooperation between the two ports.
Integrated logistics service
The integrated logistics service business of the Group provides agency and logistics services, including provision of freight forwarding, customs clearance, transportation of containers and logistics management. Revenue generated from the integrated logistics service business for the year ended 31 December 2020 decreased by HK\$28.09 million to HK\$34.58 million (2019: HK\$62.67 million), which accounted for approximately 7.8% of the Group's total revenue for the year ended 31 December 2020 (2019: 17.8%).
The decrease was mainly attributable to integrated logistics service coverage being reduced from integrated to only certain sections of the service chain, such as custom declaration and inspection services, during the year ended 31 December 2020.
Property business
Income for the property business is mainly generated from the port and warehouse leasing business of the Hannan Port, Wuhan which owns investment properties of leasehold lands, berth, commercial buildings and pontoon, as well as the leasing of a stacking yard and certain warehouses at the WIT Port during the year ended 31 December 2020. The port and warehouse leasing income for property business increased to HK\$13.46 million (2019: HK\$8.62 million) which accounted for approximately 3.0% of the Group's total revenue for the year ended 31 December 2020 (2019: 2.4%).
The increase was mainly due to the commencement of the lease for the stacking yard at the WIT Port since November 2019.
Construction business
The Group commenced its construction business through Zhongji Tongshang Construction since December 2019, acting as main contractor for the provision of construction services for the projects of (i) the residential structures and commercial structures and a performance stage at Northwest of Bayuanhe Bridge, Provincial Highway S309, Shengli Town, Luotian County, Huanggang City, Hubei Province, the PRC*(中國湖北省黃岡市羅田縣勝利鎮 S309省道巴源河大橋西北); and (ii) the major and secondary structural construction, earthworks, drainage installation works and other ancillary works for residential and commercial buildings (both 3-storey or below) at Yangdian Town, Xiaogan City, Hubei Province, the PRC*(中國湖北省 孝感市楊店鎮). The construction income decreased to HK\$25.69 million (2019: HK\$126.47 million) which accounted for approximately 5.8% (2019: 35.9%) of the Group's total revenue for the year ended 31 December 2020.
The decrease was mainly attributable to slow progress of the construction projects due to the outbreak and wide spread of the Pandemic in Hubei Province during the first half of 2020.
Gross profit and gross profit margin
For the year ended 31 December 2020, gross profit decreased by 13.5% to HK\$90.43 million (2019: HK\$104.56 million) and gross profit margin was 20.4%, decreased by 9.3 percentage point as compared to 2019 (2019: 29.7%). The decrease was mainly due to (i) the significant increase in revenue from the supply chain management and trading business with relatively lower gross profit margins; and (ii) the decrease in revenue from terminal service with relatively higher gross profit margins.
Other income
Other income for the year ended 31 December 2020 increased by HK\$8.14 million or approximately 44.9% to HK\$26.24 million (2019: HK\$18.10 million). The increase reflected the special government Pandemic subsidies of HK\$14.31 million granted to the WIT Port for the number of containers handled that exceeded the total number of containers handled in 2019 which was marginally offset by the reduction in HK\$5.60 million government subsidy granted to the Group on the Hanjiang logistics centre in 2020.
Increase in fair value of investment properties
The Group holds certain investment properties, including (i) port and warehouse in the Hannan Port; (ii) the logistics centre adjacent to the Shayang Port; and (iii) a stacking yard and certain warehouses at the WIT Port. The Group's investment properties are revalued at the end of the reporting period on an open market value basis by an independent property valuer. Changes in fair value arising from such revaluations are accounted for as "change in fair value of investment properties" through the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. For the year ended 31 December 2020, the Group recorded positive fair value gain in the value of investment properties of HK\$44.74 million (2019: HK\$31.73 million).
Profit attributable to owners of the Company for the year
Profit attributable to owners of the Company decreased by HK\$8.67 million or approximately 25.1% to HK\$25.86 million (2019: HK\$34.53 million). The decrease in profitability was mainly attributable to the offsetting effect of (i) the decrease in EBITDA of HK\$13.96 million; (ii) the increase in finance costs on bank and other borrowings of HK\$15.49 million as no interest has been capitalized on projects under development; (iii) the increase in change in fair value of investment properties of HK\$13.01 million for the year ended 31 December 2020; and (iv) the increase in losses from the Shayang Port and the Shipai Port shared by the non-controlling interests.
Earnings per share (basic and diluted) attributable to owners of the Company for the year ended 31 December 2020 was HK1.50 cents (2019: HK2.00 cents), representing a decrease of 25.0% as compared with that of the year ended 31 December 2019.
Events after the reporting period
Disposal of 60% equity interests in Shayang County Guoli Transportation Investment Co., Limited ("Shayang Guoli")
On 1 March 2021, CIG Wuhan Multipurpose Port Limited ("Wuhan Multipurpose"), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into the disposal agreement with Shayang Xingang Investment Development Centre ("Shayang Xingang"), an organisation under the county government of Shayang County of Hubei Province of the PRC in relation to the disposal of 60% equity interests of Shayang Guoli at a consideration of approximately RMB47.1 million (equivalent to approximately HK\$56.5 million) (the "Disposal"). The Disposal was subsequently completed in March 2021 and Shayang Guoli has since ceased to be an indirectly non-wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and Shayang Guoli's financial results will no longer be consolidated into the Group's consolidated financial statements. For further details, please refer to the announcement of the Company dated 1 March 2021.
Forward looking
Under the new development pattern in the PRC, which is based on international and domestic dual-circulation and mutual promotion, along with domestic macrocirculation, Wuhan is ordained to be the main development center of the "Belt and Road (一帶一路)" strategy and the "Yangtze River Economic Belt (長江經濟帶)". In addition, Hubei Province has invested approximately RMB2.3 trillion in "10 Major Projects" to revitalise its economy after the Pandemic, including new infrastructure, cold chain logistics bases, national intermodal transportation hubs and other projects. Although the domestic economy is in full recovery, the Pandemic is still raging around the globe, the Group's foreign trade business is therefore expected to be affected. Driven by the development of the PRC's macro-circulation economy, the Group has responded to the call for national development and strengthened the expansion of its domestic businesses on the premise of strictly implementing various government preventive measures. Thus, it is expected that the increase in domestic trade business will more than compensate for the decrease in foreign trade business. As a result, the Group continues to maintain an optimistic view towards the prospects of the port business in the PRC and expects continuing growth in freight volumes in the PRC. In particular, the Group remains confident in the development for inner ports along the "Yangtze River Economic Belt (長江經 濟帶)".
In recent years, the Group has accelerated its transformation and upgrade to a "Port Logistics" business model, with a focus on port construction and operation, port and warehouse leasing, provision of logistics services in the middle reaches of the Yangtze River, the Group has expanded its integrated port-surrounding processing trade, specialized port management services and infrastructure investment to establish an integrated service system, aiming to build the largest inland port logistics system and a leading port-surrounding logistics ecosystem in the PRC.
During the past few years, the Group had faced continuing price cutting competitions from neighbouring competing port operators of Yangluo Port area. To remain competitive, the Group will continue to align its container tariff rates with those of the neighbouring competing ports, enhance the quality of services provided to customers and endeavour to develop the import (inbound) businesses.
Leveraging off its port management and operating experience and as an added measure to reduce vicious competition between ports, the Group is looking to expand the cargo hinterland of its existing ports. In January 2020, the Group entered into a cooperation agreement with Jingkai Port to fully manage and operate the Jingkai Port. This will see the integration of management of the Yangluo Port and the Jingkai Port and the migration of certain functions of the Yangluo Port to the upstream sector. Both parties will jointly work towards the retention of existing and development of new customers who are located at the upstream of Wuhan Yangtze River, thereby increasing steadily the container throughput at Jingkai Port. The Group believes that this form of cooperation is conducive to the reduction of disorderly and vicious competition between ports.
Backed by supporting policies from relevant government departments responsible for construction projects such as the "10 Major Projects", and piggybacking on its success in procuring two construction contracts by the Group's licensed construction business Zhongji Tongshang Construction, the Group will look towards expanding the new infrastructure business as one of its main focuses of development going forward.
In order to spur momentum towards the development of the Group's new businesses while adhering to the "Port Logistics" model, plans of the Group included (i) the development of the port, industry and city and the development of the industrial park with focus on the port, and the layout in such areas as cold chain trading, storage and processing, and integrated information management services, as well as port surrounding processing, trading and logistics by means of production; (ii) expansion and enhancement in commodity-trading supply chain projects associated with the port business, and provision of great opportunities from the establishment of the "10 Major Projects" in Hubei Province for the supply chain projects in the ports, from which the Group's supply chain services can put huge emphasis on agricultural and sideline products including soybeans and wheat, as well as construction materials such as gravel, cement and clinker. As for the port logistics business, bulk cargo transportation will be upgraded to container transportation, which is proven to be a much greener way of urban transportation on top of being able to augment container throughput of the ports by a large margin; and (iii) the cooperation with terminals along Yangtze River relying on professional and international port operation experience, optimisation and integration of port resources in the middle reaches of the Yangtze River for the establishment of a shipping and logistics network across the region.
In addition, the Group has put its attention to the projects on the green and smart ports and green eco-industrial chain in Hubei Province under the promotion of relevant policies by the Hubei Port and Shipping Bureau*(湖北省港航管理局).
Throughout the years, the Group has benefited from favorable policies for its port business from the Hubei Provincial Government and the Wuhan Municipal Government and complemented certain policies implemented recently, with an aim to expand the scale of container transportation in Wuhan, consolidating Wuhan's status as a core port for containers shipping midstream of the Yangtze River Basin. Recently, in response to the Hubei Provincial Government's goal of establishing the ports of Wuhan into a maritime centre along the middle reaches of the Yangtze River with "a port of 100 million tons and 10 million TEUs" by 2030 , the Group advised on the roadmap for "Promoting the Construction of New Channels, Assisting Market Development and Ensuring Wuhan Port's Container Throughput of 5 million TEUs by 2025". Having fully analyzed the development of the ports of Wuhan, the Group also elaborated on its specific business development plans for the ports in the region under the modes of direct water-to-water shipping, water-to-water trans-shipment, rail-water transport, and piggybacking along the river, which was highly valued by the Wuhan Municipal Government and Wuhan New Port Management Committee*(武漢新港管理委員會). In light of the support from the Hubei Provincial and Wuhan Municipal governments for port business and implementation of favorable government policies on a continuous basis, the Group believes that the government places great emphasis on the growth and development of the port industry in the Yangtze River Basin. The Group continues to maintain a positive view towards the future prospects of the port industry in Wuhan.
Financial resources and liquidity
The Group funded its operations and capital expenditure with internal financial resources, shareholders loans and long-term and short-term bank and other borrowings.
For the year ended 31 December 2020, the Group recorded a net cash inflow from operating activities of HK\$8.64 million (2019: net cash inflow from operating activities of HK\$49.87 million).
As at 31 December 2020, the Group had total outstanding interest-bearing borrowings of HK\$456.49 million (2019: HK\$493.47 million). The Group also had total cash and cash equivalents of HK\$38.18 million as at 31 December 2020 (2019: HK\$93.33 million) and net assets of HK\$922.31 million (2019: HK\$842.33 million).
As at 31 December 2020, the Group's net gearing ratio was 0.5 times (2019: 0.6 times). The calculation of the net gearing ratio was based on total interest-bearing borrowings net of cash and cash equivalents over equity attributable to owners of the Company.
As at 31 December 2020, the Group's net current liabilities was HK\$384.15 million (2019: HK\$249.09 million), with current assets of HK\$250.48 million (2019: HK\$350.64 million) and current liabilities of HK\$634.63 million (2019: HK\$599.73 million), representing a current ratio of 0.4 times (2019: 0.6 times). The net current liabilities as at 31 December 2020 increased mainly due to the offsetting effect of i) the decrease in contract assets and ii) the increase in the short-term bank borrowings and other borrowings during the year ended 31 December 2020.
Exchange rate risk
The Group mainly operates in the PRC and its principal activities are mainly transacted in RMB. Therefore, the Directors consider the Group has no significant foreign currency risk. The Group did not use any financial instruments for hedging purpose, but will continue to monitor foreign exchange changes to best preserve the Group's cash value.
Capital commitments
As at 31 December 2020, the Group had capital commitments in respect of the construction of port facilities contracted but not provided for amounting to HK\$154.68 million (2019: HK\$114.23 million). Capital commitments for the year was mainly attributable to the capital commitment related to the construction projects in Shayang Port and logistics centre adjacent to the Shayang Port amounted to HK\$59.93 million and HK\$71.38 million respectively.
Contingent liabilities
The Group had no material contingent liabilities as at 31 December 2020 (2019: nil).
Pledge of assets
As at 31 December 2020, the Group has pledged the equity interest of certain subsidiaries and certain of its port facilities and terminal equipment, land use rights, investment properties and restricted deposits with carrying amount of approximately HK\$352.14 million (2019: HK\$370.65 million), HK\$19.33 million (2019: HK\$18.68 million), HK\$507.85 million (2019: HK\$156.84 million) and HK\$11.68 million (2019: HK\$10.99 million) respectively, to secure bank and other borrowings granted to the Group.
Significant investments
During the year ended 31 December 2020, the Group did not hold any other significant investment.
Material acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries and affiliated companies
During the year ended 31 December 2020, there were no material investments and acquisitions, disposals of subsidiaries.
Employees and remuneration policies
As at 31 December 2020, the Group had an aggregate of 476 full-time employees (2019: 483). The Group has maintained good relationship with its staff and has not experienced any major disruptions of its operations due to labour disputes. The Group participates in retirement insurance, medicare, unemployment insurance and housing funds according to the applicable laws and regulations of the PRC for its employees in the PRC and makes contributions to the Mandatory Provident Fund Scheme of Hong Kong for its employees in Hong Kong. The Group remunerates its employees in accordance with their work performance and experience. The Board has designated the duties of determining Directors' service contracts, the reviewing of Directors' and senior management's emoluments and the awarding of discretionary bonuses of the Company to the remuneration committee of the Company. Total remuneration together with pension contributions incurred for the year ended 31 December 2020 amounted to HK\$58.77 million (2019: HK\$61.96 million). The Directors entitled remuneration of HK\$5.03 million (2019: HK\$4.19 million) during the year ended 31 December 2020.
Key risks and uncertainties
The Group's financial condition, results of operations, businesses and prospects may be affected by a number of risks and uncertainties. The followings are the key risks and uncertainties identified by the Group. There may be other risks and uncertainties in addition to those known to the Group or which may not be material now but could turn out to be material in the future.
Operational risk
The operation of a port may be adversely affected by many factors, including the breakdown of essential machinery or equipment (such as quay cranes, RTG cranes and trucks), labour disputes, inclement weather and natural disasters. In addition, cargo and container movements into and out of the ports rely on third party trucking and barge and shipping companies which contract directly with importers, exporters or shipping companies. The failure or inability of all or some of these companies to provide the requisite services efficiently could disrupt the Group's operations and result in a loss of revenues.
Business risk
Disruptions to the Group's operations could affect the Group's existing business plan. The expected principal source of revenue from WIT is tariffs paid by the vessels, shipping companies and feeders as well as rental income from the investment properties of the Group. The Group's stream of revenue is limited by the amount of tariffs which may be charged by and the throughput capacity of WIT. The volume of throughput which may be handled by a port is generally limited by its capacity, its integration in relation to other parts of the local and national traffic network, competition with competing ports and the availability of adjoining land for expansion and for accommodating ancillary facilities. The distributable profits of the Company would be constrained by such limited stream of revenue.
The Group has entered into a cooperation agreement with Wuhan Jingkai Port Company in January 2020 in relation to the operation of Jingkai Port. The integration of management of WIT and the Jingkai Port and the migration of certain functions of WIT to the upstream sector. Both parties will jointly work towards the retention of existing and development of new customers who are located at the stream of Wuhan Yangtze river. The Group believes that this form of cooperation is conductive to the reduction of disorderly and vicious competition between ports.
Industrial risk
The business is cyclical, with periodic overcapacity, and price competition is steep. Over the long term, many companies cover their cost of capital but do not earn a profit. The industry is also very fragmented, although recent signs indicate a move toward consolidation.
The competition on tariff, services and the turnaround time is fierce within Yangluo where there are in total three ports and customers may choose rail and road as substitutes for transportation if the tariff of rail and road become more competitive.
Manpower risk and personnel retention
The competition for talents in the region where the Group operates has led to the risk that the Group is not being able to attract and retain key personnel and talents with appropriate and required skills, experience and competence which would meet the business objectives of the Group. The Group will continue to provide attractive remuneration package to attract, retain and motivate suitable candidates and personnel.
Further, the Group's business is also subject to reputation risk and significant change in customer relationship.
Delay in the completion of the development and construction
The Group has commenced the pre-construction work of Phase II of the Hannan Port prior to the year under review. Considerable capital expenditure is required for these port projects during the construction period and it generally takes over one year for a project to be completed and start to accrue income. The construction period and the capital required to complete any given projects may be affected by different factors such as shortages of construction materials, availability and efficiency of equipment and labour, inclement weather, natural disasters, disputes with workers or contractors, accidents, changes in government policies and unforeseen difficulties or circumstances. Delays in completion of a project are likely to result from such events and may cause losses in revenue and cost over-runs. Ports in the PRC are required to be built in accordance with construction standards laid down by the PRC government which, through its delegated departments and agencies, inspects and accepts projects on completion. Any postponement in the issue or grant of licences, permits and approvals by the relevant authorities or other governmental agencies will lead to an increase in cost and delay in the commencement of operation and receipt of revenue. Capacity of the port and the cash flow of the project may be affected by various factors referred to above.
During the year, the outbreak and wide spread of the Pandemic has led to the slow progress for the construction projects conducted by Zhongji Tongshang Construction, resulting in the drop of revenue and delay in completion.
Financial risk
Port-related infrastructure developments and investments require significant amounts of capital resources, particularly at the initial stage. As soon as the Group resolves to undertake a project, it has to commit a substantial amount of capital resources to invest in the project prior to its commencement of operation and before the project is capable of generating sufficient returns to pay back its capital investment, such as Phase II of Hannan Port. As the Group's interest-bearing borrowings increase, there are increased requirements for budgeting, management and control of funds.
Valuation risk of investment properties
The Group holds certain investment properties, including (i) port and warehouse in the Hannan Port; (ii) the logistics centre adjacent to the Shayang Port; and (iii) a stacking yard and certain warehouses at the WIT Port. These investment properties are located in Wuhan and the values of the properties depend, to a large extent, on the performance of the economy, property market conditions, industry development trends and conditions and government policies in Hubei Province. The increased instability of economic activities in Hubei Province brought about by the outbreak of the Pandemic might affect the valuation of investment properties in the area.
Pandemic risk
During the year, the business operations of the Group were affected to a certain extent due to the Pandemic, for example, 1) the Group may be required to quarantine some or all of its employees, or disinfect the community to prevent the spread of the disease if any of its employees were suspected of contracting or contracted an epidemic disease; 2) any transmission within the community where the Group operates may harm the reputation of the Group; 3) the Group may incur extra costs in relation to the precautionary measures and disinfection works carried out by it; 4) the lockdown of Wuhan, regulatory or administrative measures quarantining affected areas and other related policies implemented by the government may adversely affect the overall business sentiment and environment in China and the world, which might affect the revenue and profitability of the Group.
Associated risks of the supply chain management and trading business
Business risk
The supply chain management industry is highly competitive and fragmented with a number of service providers providing similar services, which may affect the Group's ability to attract and retain customers and may adversely affect the Group's business and operation.
Credit risk
During the supply chain operation, there is a time difference between making payments to suppliers and receiving payments from customers. The Group does not have access to all information of its customers to determine their creditworthiness. There is no assurance that the customers will make payments on time and in full. If the Group experiences any difficulty in collecting a substantial portion of its trade receivables, the Group's cash flows and financial position could be materially and adversely affected.
Inventory risk
Although the Group adopts the practice of back-to-back orders, the Group's customers may cancel orders with the Group and the Group may not be able to resell those products. In such a case, the Group may have to pile up the products in its inventory, which may adversely affect the Group's financial position.
Working capital risk
The Group is required to maintain sufficient level of working capital on a continuous basis to support this business model, including the purchase of commodities from suppliers. In the event that the Group fails to maintain sufficient level of working capital, the Group's business operations and financial performance may be materially and adversely affected.
Employee information
Number of employees
Hubei Province is where the principal operating business of the Group is located and most of the Group's employees are based while the Group's finance function is carried out in the office in Hong Kong. A breakdown of the number of employees of the Group by function and by geographical location as at 31 December 2020 and 2019 is shown below:
| As at 31 December 2020 Hubei |
As at 31 December 2019 Hubei |
|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Hong Kong | Province | Total | Hong Kong | Province | Total | |
| Operation | — | 259 | 259 | — | 267 | 267 |
| Project planning and management | — | 44 | 44 | — | 43 | 43 |
| Corporate and business | ||||||
| development | — | 39 | 39 | — | 35 | 35 |
| Finance | 2 | 36 | 38 | 2 | 40 | 42 |
| Engineering | — | 55 | 55 | — | 57 | 57 |
| Administration and personnel | — | 41 | 41 | — | 39 | 39 |
| 2 | 474 | 476 | 2 | 481 | 483 |
Directors
As at the date of this report, the Board comprises three executive Directors, two non-executive Directors and three independent non-executive Directors. Their biographical details are set out below:
Non-executive Director and Co-Chairman
Mr. Yan Zhi(閻志), aged 48, was appointed as a non-executive Director and the co-Chairman of the Company. He is primarily responsible for the Group's overall business and investment strategies, as well as supervising its project planning, business and operation management. Mr. Yan Zhi has extensive industry experience in the commercial property and wholesale market and other investment and enterprise management experience in various industries including finance, real estate, logistic, commerce and aviation. Mr. Yan Zhi is an executive director, co-chairman and co-chief executive officer of Zall Smart Commerce Group Ltd. ("Zall Smart") (stock code: 2098), shares of which are listed on the Main Board of the Stock Exchange. Mr. Yan Zhi serves as a non-independent director and chairman of Hanshang Group Co., Ltd. 漢商集團股份有限公 司 (stock code: 600774), a company listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange. Mr. Yan Zhi has been appointed as a director of LightInTheBox, a company listed on the New York Stock Exchange since 30 March 2016, and has been appointed as chairman of the board since 28 June 2018. Mr. Yan Zhi has been appointed as an independent director of DouYu International Holdings Limited, a company listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market since July 2019. Mr. Yan Zhi is the representative of the 13th National People's Congress of the PRC. In August 2017, he was elected as the chairman of the Wuhan Federation of Industry and Commerce. Mr. Yan Zhi received a master's degree in business administration for senior executives from Wuhan University (武漢大學) in February 2008 and executive master of business administration degree at Cheung Kong Graduate School of Management (長江商學院)in September 2013.
Executive Director and Co-Chairman
Mr. Peng Chi(彭池), aged 58, was appointed as a executive Director and the co-Chairman of the Company in September 2019. He has over 20 years of experience in real estate development and management of large-scale infrastructure constructions in the PRC. Mr. Peng obtained a bachelor's degree in History and Literature from Hubei University in July 1984 and a doctoral degree in History from Wuhan University in 2014. Mr. Peng served as a general manager of Hubei Jingdong Highway Construction and Development Co., Ltd.* (湖北荊東高速公路建設開發有限公司) from May 2004 to December 2006. He has served as a chairman of Ramada Hotel Xiamen Co., Ltd.* (廈門華美達長升大酒店有限公司) since May 1999; Wuhan Tianshi Property Development Co., Ltd.* (武漢市天時物業發展有限責任公司) since May 2004; and Hubei E'dong Yangtze River Highway Bridge Co., Ltd.* (湖北鄂東長江公路大橋有限公司) since January 2008. Mr. Peng had been appointed as an independent non-executive director of Zall Smart (stock code: 2098) from June 2011 to April 2016 and was re-designated as an executive director from April 2016 to July 2018, the shares of which are listed on the Main Board of the Stock Exchange.
Non-executive Director
Mr. Xia Yu, aged 60, was appointed as a non-executive Director in December 2019. He worked in various positions at the finance department of a state-operated organisation from 1981 to 1997. He was the head of the commerce committee, financial controller and general party branch secretary from 1997 to 2000 of a state-operated organisation, and was the chairman of the board of Hubei Xuelong Group Co., Limited*(湖北雪龍集團股份有限公司)from 2000 to 2003. Since 2004, Mr. Xia has been a director of Zall Holdings Company Limited, a company held under the controlling shareholder of the Company, incorporated in the People's Republic of China. Mr. Xia had been the non-executive Director from 27 October 2016 to 12 December 2018. Mr. Xia obtained a bachelor's degree in managerial economics from the Correspondence Academy of Party School of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China in 1997, and holds the qualification of senior accountant.
Executive Directors
Mr. Xie Bingmu(謝炳木), aged 58, was appointed as an executive Director, Chief Executive Officer, an authorised representative and the Compliance Officer of the Company in March 2014. He has been the general manager of WIT since November 2003 and a director of WIT since January 2004. He completed the professional studies in business administration at Fujian Broadcasting University (福建廣播電視大學)in 1986 and completed a postgraduate course conducted by Xiamen University in 2001. He is an accountant in the PRC. Mr. Xie has over 30 years' experience in port and container terminal business in the PRC. Mr. Xie joined the Group in March 2001. Prior to joining the Group, Mr. Xie had worked in an international port company and container terminal company in the PRC for the years between 1997 and 2001.
Mr. Zhang Jiwei(張際偉), aged 58, was appointed as an executive Director in October 2016. Mr. Zhang was the head of the City Design Bureau of Huang Gang City from 1982 to 1997, the head of the Huang Gang City Planning Bureau from 1997 to 2012, and held other positions in the Huang Gang City government from 2012 to 2014. Mr. Zhang obtained a bachelor's degree in industrial and civil engineering from Wuhan University of Technology (武漢理工大學) in 1982 and a master degree in managerial economics from Nanyang Technological University in 2009.
Independent non-executive Directors
Mr. Lee Kang Bor, Thomas(李鏡波), aged 67, took office as an independent non-executive Director in September 2005. He has been a member and the chairman of the Audit Committee and the Remuneration Committee since September 2005 and is a member of the Nomination Committee of the Group. He graduated from The Hong Kong Polytechnic University (formerly Hong Kong Polytechnic) with a higher diploma in accountancy in 1976. He received his bachelor and master of laws degrees from the University of London in 1988 and 1990 respectively. Mr. Lee is a fellow member of the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants and The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (UK) and was called to the Bar of the Honourable Society of Lincoln's Inn in 1990. Mr. Lee is a past president of the Taxation Institute of Hong Kong and a past president and honorary advisor of Asia Oceania Tax Consultants' Association. Mr. Lee is the chairman of Thomas Lee & Partners Limited, Certified Tax Advisers. Mr. Lee has been an independent non-executive director of Sparkle Roll Group Limited (stock code: 0970), the shares of which are listed on the Main Board of the Stock Exchange, since August 2008 until he resigned from such position on 19 March 2021. Mr. Lee had been an independent non-executive director of Camsing International Holding Limited (formerly known as Fittec International Group Limited, stock code: 2662), the shares of which are listed on the Main Board of the Stock Exchange, since 21 January 2016, and had served as the chairman of the audit committee and a member of the remuneration committee of such company since 4 February 2016, until he resigned from such positions on 31 May 2016.
Dr. Mao Zhenhua(毛振華), aged 57, took office as an independent non-executive Director in January 2016. He has been a member of the Nomination Committee, Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee of the Company since January 2016. Dr. Mao graduated from Wuhan University with a Doctorate Degree in Economics. Dr. Mao had carried out economic analysis and policies research for the Statistics Bureau of Hubei Province, Hubei Provincial Policy Research Office, Hainan Provincial Government Research Office and the Research Office of the State Council. Dr. Mao is the founder and the chairman of China Chengxin Group and the chief economist of China Chengxin International Credit Rating Co., Ltd. Dr. Mao also serves as the co-director of Institute of Economic Research of Renmin University of China and the dean, professor and doctoral supervisor of Dong Fureng Economic & Social Development School of Wuhan University. Since October 2005, Dr. Mao has been a nonexecutive director, a member of audit committee and the chairman of strategy committee of U-Home Group Holdings Limited (stock code: 2327), shares of which are listed on the Main Board of the Stock Exchange.
Mr. Wong Wai Keung, Frederick(黃煒強), aged 65, took office as an independent non-executive Director in April 2014. He has been a member of the Nomination Committee and a member of the Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee of the Company since April 2014 and chairman of the Nomination Committee since October 2015. He has been a fellow member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales since 1993 and the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants since 1991, and holds a master's degree in electronic commerce from Edith Cowen University, Western Australia. Mr. Wong has over 40 years of accounting, finance, audit, tax and corporate finance experience and has worked at an international certified public accountants firm and listed companies in the United Kingdom, New Zealand, Hong Kong and Thailand. Mr. Wong is currently an executive director of CF Energy Corp. (formerly known as Changfeng Energy Inc.) (stock code: CFY), the shares of which are listed on the Toronto Venture Exchange (TSX-V). Mr. Wong is also an independent non-executive director, chairman of the audit committee and a member of the remuneration committee of Perfect Group International Holdings Limited (stock code: 3326), an independent non-executive director, chairman of the audit committee and the risk management committee and member of the remuneration committee and the nomination committee of Wah Sun Handbags International Holdings Limited (stock code: 2683), an executive director and a member of the risk committee of Da Sen Holdings Group Limited (stock code: 1580) after his redesignation from his former roles as independent non-executive director, chairman of the audit committee and a member of the remuneration committee and the nomination committee with the company, and an independent non-executive director and chairman of the audit committee of Burwill Holdings Limited (Provisional Liquidators Appointed) (stock code: 24). The shares of the above four companies are listed on the Main Board of the Stock Exchange. Mr. Wong had been the chief financial officer of Asia Investment Finance Group Limited (now known as China Cloud Copper Company Limited) (stock code: 0033), the shares of which are listed on the Main Board of the Stock Exchange, since 18 September 2017 and also acted as the company secretary and authorised representative of the company since September 2017 until he resigned from such positions in November 2017. Mr. Wong had been the chief financial officer of APAC Resources Limited (stock code: 1104), the shares of which are listed on the Main Board of the Stock Exchange, since January 2011 and also acted as the company secretary of the company between April 2011 and December 2011 and since February 2013 until he resigned from such positions in July 2016 and served as a consultant to the company between August 2016 and October 2016. Prior to joining APAC Resources Limited, Mr. Wong was the chief financial officer, company secretary and authorised representative of the Company from January 2001 to January 2011. He was also an executive director of Hwa Kay Thai Holdings Limited (now known as China Solar Energy Holdings Limited) (stock code: 0155) from 1996 to 1999, the shares of which are listed on the Main Board of the Stock Exchange.
Senior management
Mr. Xie Bingmu(謝炳木)also serve as senior management of our group, please refer to his biographical details as set out under the section of Executive Directors.
Ms. Li Jie(李杰), aged 51, joined WIT in 2001 and has been a business director of WIT since 2014. She graduated from Hubei University of Economics and Management (湖北經濟管理大學) and holds a diploma in economic management. Ms. Li has over 20 years of experience in the personnel and business development of ports in the PRC.
Mr. Lin Fusheng(林扶生), aged 65, joined WIT in 2003 and is the assistant to the president of the Group, deputy general manager of WIT and general manager of Hubei Hannan Port Logistics Company Limited. He is a registered assistant safety engineer and senior safety engineering manager. He graduated from Huazhong University of Science and Technology (華中科 技大學) and holds diploma in corporate management. Mr. Lin has over 30 years of experience in business development and safety management of ports in the PRC.
Mr. Zhang Zhentao(張鎮濤), aged 37, joined WIT in 2015 and is the vice president of the Group and financial controller of WIT. Prior to joining the Group, he was an audit supervisor of BDO international Wuhan Zhonghuan Certified Public Accountants (德豪國際武漢眾環會計師事務所) from 2006 to 2008. From 2010 to 2015, Mr. Zhang was in-charge of securities affairs in Zall Smart (stock code: 2098). He graduated from the Griffith University of Australia(澳洲格里菲斯大學)and holds bachelor degree in accounting. He obtained a senior economist qualification certificate in 2017. Mr. Zhang has 15 years of experience in corporate finance, domestic and foreign capital markets and finance management.
Mr. Zhong Gang(鐘剛), aged 50, joined WIT in 2016 and is the vice president of the Group and general manager of Shayang County Guoli Transportation Investment Co. Ltd. and Zhongxiang City Port Development Co. Limited. Prior to joining WIT, he was responsible for terminal operation management in a subsidiary of Xiamen Port Development Co., Ltd.(廈門港務 發展股份有限公司), shares of which are listed on the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (stock code: 00095). He graduated from Xi' An University of Architecture and Technology (西安建築科技大學)and holds diploma in accounting. Mr. Zhong has over 30 years of experience of ports operation management.
Mr. Dai Jian(代劍), aged 46, joined WIT in 2002 and has been a deputy general manager of WIT in charge of commercial works since 2018. He graduated from Huazhong University of Science and Technology and holds a master diploma of engineering. Mr. Dai has 19 years of experience in information construction and business development of ports in the PRC.
Ms. Jia Bo(賈波), aged 40, joined WIT in 2005 and has been a deputy general manager of WIT and Wuhan Multi-Purpose Port in charge of the general manager's office and human resources works since 2014. She graduated from Wuhan University and holds a master's degree in engineering management. Ms. Jia Bo has 16 years of experience in administration and human resources management of ports.
Save as disclosed in the section headed "Directors and Senior Management" in this annual report, there was no change to any of the information required to be disclosed in relation to any Director pursuant to paragraphs (a) to (e) and (g) of rule 13.51(2) of the Listing Rules during the year ended 31 December 2020.
Introduction
The Board and the management team of the Company are committed to maintain a high standard of corporate governance and the accountability and transparency of its management. The Company has been in compliance with a high standard of corporate governance practices and the Directors take seriously their duty to implement good corporate governance practices to ensure their duties are discharged in a transparent and accountable manner. The Board believes that by running the business in a way which is responsible to the shareholders of the Company (the "Shareholders") and of high level of integrity, the long-term benefit of the Group and the Shareholders as a whole would be achieved and safeguarded.
Corporate governance practices
The Company has adopted and applied the Corporate Governance Code (the "CG Code") contained in Appendix 14 to the Listing Rules as its own code on corporate governance. To the best knowledge of the Directors, the Company has complied with all the code provisions as set out in the CG Code for the year ended 31 December 2020.
The Board of Directors
The Board, which currently comprises eight Directors, is primarily responsible for formulating the business strategy, reviewing and monitoring the business performance of the Group, preparing and approving the consolidated financial statements and annual budgets as well as directing and supervising the management of the Company. Execution of operational matters and the powers thereof are delegated to management by the Board.
The Board comprises two non-executive Directors, namely Mr. Yan Zhi (who is also the Co-Chairman of the Board) and Mr. Xia Yu; three executive Directors, namely Mr. Peng Chi (who is also the Co-Chairman of the Board), Mr. Xie Bingmu and Mr. Zhang Jiwei and three independent non-executive Directors, namely Mr. Lee Kang Bor, Thomas, Dr. Mao Zhenhua and Mr. Wong Wai Keung, Frederick. Non-executive Directors currently represent two-eighths of the Board. Independent nonexecutive Directors currently represent three-eighths of the Board.
To the best knowledge of the Company, the Board members have no financial, business, family or other material or relevant relationship with each other.
The term of appointment of non-executive Directors is three years commencing from 20 November 2020 and 31 December 2019 for Mr. Yan Zhi and Mr. Xia Yu respectively.
In full compliance with Rules 3.10(1) and (2) of the Listing Rules, the Company has appointed three independent nonexecutive Directors, at least one of whom has appropriate professional accounting qualifications. The Company has received from each independent non-executive Director an annual confirmation of his independence, and the Company considers such Directors to be independent in accordance with each and every guideline set out in Rule 3.13 of the Listing Rules.
Chairman and chief executive officer
In order to have a clear division between the management of the Board and the day-to-day management of the business operation of the Group, the role of the chairman is separate from that of the chief executive officer. The Co-Chairman, Mr. Yan Zhi, focuses on the overall corporate development and strategic direction of the Group and provide leadership to and oversight of the efficient functioning of the Board. The other Co-Chairman, Mr. Peng Chi, is responsible for the overall strategic development of the Company and the evaluation and expansion of new businesses, and he will preside over the overall work of the Board and the Company's operation management to achieve the Company's operating performance objectives. The chief executive officer, Mr. Xie Bingmu, is responsible for all day-to day corporate management matters as well as assisting the two Co-chairman in planning and developing the Group's strategies. Such division of responsibilities helps to reinforce their independence and to ensure a balance of power and authority.
Re-election of Directors
According to Article 16.18 of the Company's Articles of Association (the "Articles"), at every annual general meeting ("AGM") of the Company, one-third of the Directors shall retire from office by rotation provided that every Director shall be subject to retirement by rotation at least once every three years. Accordingly, Mr. Yan Zhi, Dr. Mao Zhenhua and Mr. Wong Wai Keung, Frederick will retire, and being eligible, will offer themselves for re-election at the Company's forthcoming AGM.
Code Provision A.4.2 provides, among other things, that, every director, including those appointed for a specific term, should be subject to retirement by rotation at least once every three years. Code Provision A.4.3 provides that if an independent non-executive director serves more than 9 years, his further appointment should be subject to a separate resolution to be approved by shareholders. The Company has complied with these Code Provisions. Notwithstanding the fact that Mr. Lee Kang Bor, Thomas has been serving on the Board for more than 9 years, the Company considers that he can exercise independent judgments and has the required character, integrity and experience to continue fulfilling the role of an independent non-executive Director, taking into consideration his valuable contributions, impartiality and independent judgement manifested at meetings of the Board and various Board committees in the past. A separate ordinary resolution will be proposed for Mr. Lee's re-election at the forthcoming AGM.
Remuneration committee
As at the date of this annual report, the Remuneration Committee comprises three independent non-executive Directors, namely Mr. Lee Kang Bor, Thomas (Chairman), Dr. Mao Zhenhua and Mr. Wong Wai Keung, Frederick and one non-executive Director, namely Mr. Xia Yu.
The terms of reference of the Remuneration Committee have been determined with reference to the CG Code. Under the terms of reference of the Remuneration Committee, the responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee include, inter alia, assisting the Company in the administration of a formal and transparent procedure for developing remuneration policies, making recommendations to the Board on the remuneration packages of individual executive Directors and senior management, and ensuring that no Director or any of his associates is involved in deciding his own remuneration.
During the year ended 31 December 2020, the work performed by the Remuneration Committee includes, inter alia, the review of Group's remuneration policy for its executive Directors and senior management and their levels of remuneration.
Pursuant to Code Provision B.1.5, the remuneration of the members of the senior management by band for the year ended 31 December 2020 is set out below:
| Remuneration band | Number of individuals |
|---|---|
| HK\$0 – HK\$1,000,000 | 6 |
| HK\$1,000,001 – HK\$2,000,000 | 1 |
Further particulars regarding Directors' emoluments and the five highest paid employees as required to be disclosed pursuant to Appendix 14 to the Listing Rules are set out in notes 9 and 10 to the consolidated financial statements.
Audit committee
As at the date of this annual report, the Audit Committee comprises three independent non-executive Directors, namely Mr. Lee Kang Bor, Thomas (chairman), Dr. Mao Zhenhua and Mr. Wong Wai Keung, Frederick, and one non-executive Director, namely Mr. Xia Yu.
The terms of reference of the Audit Committee have been determined with reference to the CG Code. Under its terms of reference, the Audit Committee is required, among other things, to oversee the relationship with the independent auditor, to review the Group's interim and annual results as well as the effectiveness of the systems of risk management and internal control and the risk of the Group which covers financial, operational and compliance controls and risk management qualified functions. The Audit Committee has liaised with the Directors, senior management and the financial controller as well as reviewed the "Report to the Audit Committee" from and discussed with the auditor on the audit and internal control related issues of the Group.
During the year ended 31 December 2020, management of the Company had conducted an internal audit on the systems of internal control of WIT to ensure compliance with procedures laid down by the Company and the board of directors of WIT and a review of the overall systems of internal control and risk management functions of the Group.
Nomination committee
As at the date of this annual report, the Nomination Committee comprises three independent non-executive Directors, namely Mr. Wong Wai Keung, Frederick (Chairman), Mr. Lee Kang Bor, Thomas, Dr. Mao Zhenhua, and one non-executive Director, namely Mr. Xia Yu.
The terms of reference of the Nomination Committee have been determined with reference to the CG Code. Under its terms of reference, the Nomination Committee is responsible for reviewing the board structure, size and diversity (including but not limited to gender, age, cultural and educational background, ethnicity, professional experience, skills, knowledge and length of service) annually and make recommendations on any proposed changes to the Board to complement the Company's corporate strategy. The Nomination Committee is also responsible for identifying potential directors and making recommendations to the Board on the appointment or re-appointment of directors of the Company. Potential new directors are selected on the basis of their qualifications, skills and experience which the Nomination Committee considers will make a positive contribution to the performance of the Board.
As set out in the nomination policy adopted by the Board pursuant to the CG Code, in assessing the suitability of a proposed candidate, the following factors would be considered by the Nomination Committee:
- Reputation for integrity
- Accomplishment and experience
- Compliance with legal and regulatory requirements
- Commitment in respect of available time and relevant interest
- Diversity in all its aspects, including but not limited to gender, age (18 years or above), cultural and educational background, ethnicity, professional experience, skills, knowledge and length of service
As set out in the nomination policy, the nomination procedure is as follows:
- (1) The secretary of the Nomination Committee shall call a meeting of the Nomination Committee, and invite nominations of candidates from Board members if any, for consideration by the Nomination Committee prior to its meeting. The Nomination Committee may also put forward candidates who are not nominated by Board members.
- (2) For filling a casual vacancy, the Nomination Committee shall make recommendations for the Board's consideration and approval. For proposing candidates to stand for election at a general meeting, the Nomination Committee shall make nominations to the Board for its consideration and recommendation.
- (3) Pursuant to the Articles of the Company, no person shall, unless recommended by the Board, be eligible for election to the office of Director at any general meeting unless during the period, which shall be at least seven days, commencing no earlier than the day after the despatch of the notice of the meeting appointed for such election and ending no later than seven days prior to the date of such meeting, there has been given to the company secretary of the Company (the "Company Secretary") notice in writing by a member of the Company (not being the person to be proposed), entitled to attend and vote at the meeting for which such notice is given, of his intention to propose such person for election and also notice in writing signed by the person to be proposed of his willingness to be elected.
- (4) A candidate is allowed to withdraw his/her candidature at any time before the general meeting by serving a notice in writing to the Company Secretary.
- (5) The Board shall have the final decision on all matters relating to its recommendation of candidates to stand for election at any general meeting.
Pursuant to Rule 13.92 of the Listing Rules, the Board adopted the board diversity policy (the "Board Diversity Policy") for the Nomination Committee to assess the composition of the Board so as to ensure that the Board has the appropriate balance of skills, experience and diversity of perspectives necessary to enhance the effectiveness of the Board and to maintain high standards of corporate governance. The Nomination Committee would take into account various aspects set out in the Board Diversity Policy, including but not limited to gender, age, race, language, cultural background, educational background, industry experience and professional experience. The Nomination Committee would discuss and agree on the measurable objectives for achieving diversity on the Board, where necessary, and recommend them to the Board for adoption. Board nomination and appointments will continue to be made on merit basis based on the Company's business needs from time to time while taking into account diversity as set out in the Board Diversity Policy.
Dividend Policy
According to the dividend policy of the Company, the Company may propose a dividend subject to the restrictions under the Companies Laws of the Cayman Islands, any applicable laws, rules and regulations and the Articles. In deciding whether to propose a dividend and in determining the dividend amount, the Board shall take into consideration the following factors:
- (i) financial results;
- (ii) cash flow situation;
- (iii) business conditions and strategies;
- (iv) future operations and earnings;
- (v) capital requirements and expenditure plans;
- (vi) shareholders' interest;
- (vii) any restrictions on payment of dividends; and
- (viii) any other factors that the Board may deem relevant.
The Board may, from time to time pay to the members of the Company such interim dividends as appear to the Board to be justified by the profits of the Company and, in particular (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing), if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes, the Board may pay such interim dividends in respect of those shares in the capital of the Company which confer on the holders thereof deferred or non-preferential rights as well as in respect of those shares which confer on the holders thereof preferential rights with regard to dividend and provided that the Board acts bona fide the Board shall not incur any responsibility to the holders of shares conferring any preferential rights.
The Board may also pay half-yearly or at other intervals to be selected by it any dividend which may be payable at a fixed rate if the Board is of the opinion that the profits available for distribution justify the payment. The Board may in addition from time to time declare and pay special dividends on shares of any class of such amounts and on such dates as they think fit.
No dividend shall be declared or payable except out of the profits and reserves of the Company lawfully available for distribution including share premium. No dividend shall carry interest against the Company.
Whenever the Board or the Company in general meeting has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared on the share capital of the Company, the Board may further resolve that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up, provided that the members entitled thereto will be entitled to elect to receive such dividend (or part thereof) in cash in lieu of such allotment or that members entitled to such dividend shall be entitled to elect to receive an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up in lieu of the whole or such part of the dividend as the Board may think fit.
Attendance records at meetings
The attendance records of each Director at the various meetings of the Company during the year ended 31 December 2020 are set out as below:
| Attended/Eligible to Attend | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Remuneration | Audit | Nomination | |||
| General | Board | committee | committee | committee | |
| meetings | meetings | meetings | meetings | meetings | |
| Number of meetings | 1 | 4 | 1 | 3 | 1 |
| Co-Chairman and non-executive Director |
|||||
| Mr. Yan Zhi | 1/1 | 4/4 | N/A | N/A | N/A |
| Co-Chairman and executive Director |
|||||
| Mr. Peng Chi | 1/1 | 4/4 | N/A | N/A | N/A |
| Executive Directors | |||||
| Mr. Xie Bingmu | 1/1 | 4/4 | N/A | N/A | N/A |
| Mr. Zhang Jiwei | 1/1 | 3/4 | N/A | N/A | N/A |
| Non-executive Director | |||||
| Mr. Xia Yu | 1/1 | 4/4 | 1/1 | 3/3 | 1/1 |
| Independent non-executive | |||||
| Directors | |||||
| Mr. Lee Kang Bor, Thomas | 1/1 | 4/4 | 1/1 | 3/3 | 1/1 |
| Dr. Mao Zhenhua | 1/1 | 2/4 | 1/1 | 3/3 | 1/1 |
| Mr. Wong Wai Keung, Frederick | 1/1 | 4/4 | 1/1 | 3/3 | 1/1 |
Directors' securities transactions
The Company adopted a code of conduct regarding securities transactions by directors (the "Code of Conduct") on terms no less stringent than the required standard of dealings set out in the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers as set out in Appendix 10 of the Listing Rules (the "Model Code") as the code for dealing in securities of the Company by the Directors. The Company has also made specific enquiry to all Directors, who have confirmed that, during the year ended 31 December 2020, each of them were in compliance with the Code of Conduct and the Model Code. The Company also has guidelines on no less exacting terms than the Model Code for its employees who are likely to be in possession of inside information relating to the Company and its securities.
Specific employees who are likely to be in possession of unpublished inside information of the Group are also subject to compliance with the same Code of Conduct. No incident of non-compliance was noted by the Company during the year ended 31 December 2020.
Nomination of Directors
For the purpose of nomination of Directors, the task of nomination of Directors has vested with the Board. During the year under review, the Board reviewed (i) the structure, size and composition (including but not limited to gender, age, cultural background, education background, skills, knowledge, professional experience time for performing director's duties and/ or length of services) of Board members on a regular basis and make recommendation regarding any proposed changes; (ii) identifies individuals suitably qualified to become board members; (iii) assesses the independence of independent nonexecutive Directors; and (iv) makes recommendations on relevant matters relating to the appointment and re-appointment of Directors and succession planning for Directors.
Mr. Lee Kang Bor, Thomas ("Mr. Lee") has served as independent non-executive Director of the Company for more than nine years since September 2005. The Company has received from Mr. Lee a confirmation of his independence pursuant to Rule 3.13 of the Listing Rules. Mr. Lee has not engaged in any executive management role of the Group. During his years of services, Mr. Lee has contributed by providing independent viewpoints, enquires and advices to the Company in relation to its businesses, operations, future development and strategy. The Board considers that Mr. Lee has the character, integrity, ability and experience to continue to fulfill his role as required effectively. There is no evidence that his over nine years of services with the Company would have any impact on his independence. The Board believes that Mr. Lee's continued tenure brings considerable stability to the Board and the Board has benefited greatly from the presence of Mr. Lee who has over time gained valuable insight into the Group.
Continuous professional development
All Directors have been given relevant guideline materials regarding the duties and responsibilities of being a Director, the relevant laws and regulations applicable to the Directors, duty of disclosure of interest and business of the Group and such induction materials would also be provided to newly appointed Directors shortly upon their appointment as Directors. All Directors have been updated on the latest developments regarding the Listing Rules and other applicable regulatory requirement to ensure compliance and enhance their awareness of good corporate governance practices. There is a procedure agreed by the Board to ensure Directors, upon reasonable request, to seek independent professional advice in appropriate circumstance, at the Company's expenses.
The Directors confirmed that they have complied with the Code Provision A6.5 of the CG Code on Directors' training. All Directors have participated in continuous professional development by the following means to develop and refresh their knowledge during the year under review.
Name of Directors Training received
Mr. Yan Zhi Reading materials/attending training course Mr. Peng Chi Reading materials/attending training course Mr. Xie Bingmu Reading materials/attending training course Mr. Zhang Jiwei Reading materials/attending training course Mr. Lee Kang Bor, Thomas Reading materials/attending training course Dr. Mao Zhenhua Reading materials/attending training course Mr. Wong Wai Keung, Frederick Reading materials/attending training course Mr. Xia Yu Reading materials/attending training course
Auditor's remuneration
Remuneration in respect of audit and non-audit services provided by the auditor to the Group for the year ended 31 December 2020 was HK\$1,000,000 and HK\$305,000 respectively.
Accountability and Audit
The Directors acknowledge their responsibilities for preparing the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2020 which give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group. The Directors consider that the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2020 have been prepared in conformity with all applicable accounting standards and requirements. The auditor's statement on reporting responsibilities on the consolidated financial statements is set out in the Independent Auditor's Report on pages 73 to 77 of this annual report.
Company secretary
Ms. Hui Wai Man Shirley ("Ms. Hui") was appointed as the Company Secretary from an external secretarial services provider. Ms. Tang Kam Man, who is the financial controller of the Company, is the primary point of contact at the Company with the Company Secretary. In accordance with Rule 3.29 of the Listing Rules, Ms. Hui has taken no less than 15 hours of the relevant professional training during the year under review.
Risk management and internal control
The Board is responsible for maintaining sound and effective systems of internal control and risk management to safeguard the Group's assets and shareholders' interests, as well as reviewing the effectiveness of such systems at least annually.
The internal control and risk management system of the Group is designed for the achievement of business objectives, safeguard assets against unauthorised use or disposition, ensure maintenance of proper books and record for the provision of reliable financial information for internal use or publication, and to ensure compliance with relevant legislations and regulations. It is also designed to provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance that material misstatement or loss can be avoided, and to manage and minimize (though not eliminate) risks of failure in operation systems.
During the year, the Group had engaged an independent professional firm to provide risk management and internal controls assessment services to assist the Board and the Audit Committee to review the risk and effectiveness of its internal control systems. The review included interviews with relevant management and key process owners and performing walkthrough tests to identify the major risk and significant deficiencies, resolve any material internal control defects (as appropriate), and making recommendations for improving the internal control systems to the Audit Committee for further approval. The Audit Committee, together with the Board, have reviewed, considered and discussed the findings and recommendations of the Internal Controls Assessment Report prepared by the independent professional firm for the year ended 31 December 2020 (the "Internal Controls Report"). Having taken the recommendations in the Internal Controls Report into consideration, the Group will continue to improve its internal management and control systems. In addition, the independent professional firm had also performed a follow-up assessment on the findings as identified in the Internal Controls Report for the year ended 31 December 2019 to assess the remediation status.
The management and various departments conducted periodic self-assessment of the effectiveness of the internal control policies and procedures. During the year ended 31 December 2020, the management of the Company had conducted an internal audit on the systems of internal control of WIT to ensure compliance with procedures laid down by the Company and the Group.
The Board has received confirmation from its management that the systems of internal control and risk management are effective and there are no irregularities, improprieties, fraud or other deficiencies that suggest there is no material deficiency in the effectiveness of the Group's internal control and risk management system. The Group has complied with the relevant code provisions of the CG Code relating to risk management and internal control.
Shareholders' value
The Board and senior management recognise their responsibility to represent the interests of all Shareholders and to enhance Shareholder value and have made the following commitments to the Groups' Shareholders:
- Continuing effort to maintain long-term stability and growth in shareholder value and return on investment;
- Responsible planning, construction and operation of the Group's core businesses;
- Responsible management of the Group's investment and business risks; and
- True, fair, in depth and timely disclosure of the financial position and operating performance of the Group.
Constitutional documents
During the reporting year, there was no change in the Company's constitutional documents.
Shareholders' rights and relations
Investor relations
The Company believes that shareholders' rights should be well respected and protected. The Company endeavours to maintain good communications with Shareholders on its performance through interim and annual reports and annual general meetings of the Company, so that they may make an informed assessment of their investments and the exercise of their rights as Shareholders. The Group also encourages Shareholders' participation through general meetings or other means.
Communication with Shareholders of the Company
The Board and senior management recognise the responsibility of safeguarding the interest of Shareholders and provide highly transparent and real-time information on the Company so as to keep the Shareholders and investors abreast of the Company's position and help them to make the best investment decision. The Company believes that maintaining good and effective communication with Shareholders can facilitate their understanding of the business performance and strategies of the Group. The Board and senior management also recognise the responsibility of safeguarding the interest of Shareholders. In order to safeguard the interest of the Shareholders, the Company reports its financial and operating performance to Shareholders through interim and annual reports. Shareholders can also obtain information of the Group in time through interim reports, annual reports, announcements, circulars, press releases and the Company's website at www.cilgl.com.
The annual general meetings are an appropriate forum for direct communications between the Board and Shareholders. Shareholders can raise questions directly to the Board in respect of the performance and future development of the Group at annual general meetings.
Shareholders' rights
Procedures for convening an extraordinary general meeting and putting forward proposals at general meeting by Shareholders
In accordance with the requirements under Article 12.3 of the Articles, extraordinary general meetings shall also be convened on the requisition of two or more shareholders holding, at the date of deposit of the requisition, not less than one tenth of the paid up capital of the Company having the right of voting at general meetings. Such requisition shall be made in writing to the Directors or the secretary for the purpose of requiring an extraordinary general meeting to be called by the Directors for the transaction of any business specified in such requisition. If within twenty-one days of such deposit, the Board fails to proceed to convene such meeting, the requisitionist(s) himself (themselves) may do so in the same manner, and all reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionist(s) as a result of the failure of the Directors shall be reimbursed to the requisitionist(s) by the Company.
Pursuant to Article 16.4 of the Articles, no person, other than a retiring Director, shall, unless recommended by the Board for election, be eligible for election to the office of Director at any general meeting, unless notice in writing of the intention to propose that person for election as a Director and notice in writing by that person of his willingness to be elected shall have been lodged at the head office or at the registration office. The minimum length of the period, during which the notices required under the articles of association of the Company will commence no earlier than the day after the despatch of the notice of the general meeting appointed for such election and end no later than 7 days prior to the date of such general meeting
Procedures for directing Shareholders' enquiries to the Board
Shareholders or investors can enquire or make comments by putting their views to the Company or the Audit Committee by the following means:
| Attention: | The Company Secretary |
|---|---|
| China Infrastructure & Logistics Group Ltd. | |
| By post | Suite 2101, 21/F., Two Exchange Square, Central, Hong Kong |
| Email: | [email protected] |
The Company Secretary shall forward the Shareholders' enquiries and concerns to the Board and/or relevant Board committees of the Company, where appropriate, to answer the questions of the Shareholders.
I. ABOUT THIS REPORT
Purpose of this report
The purpose of the environmental, social and governance report (the "Report" or "ESG Report") released by China Infrastructure & Logistics Group Ltd. and its subsidiaries ("CIL", the "Group" or "we") is to disclose the Group's performance on environmental, social and governance issues over the past year in an open and transparent manner to respond to the concerns and expectations of our stakeholders for the sustainable development of the Group. The Group will continue to optimise its data collection and reporting system of environmental management, social responsibility and governance and gradually expand the disclosure scope to improve the quality and comprehensiveness of the report in the long term.
Reporting Scopes
The directors of the Group are responsible for determining the scope of work of this Report. The reporting period of this Report is from 1 January 2020 to 31 December 2020 (the "Reporting Period" or the "Year"), which is consistent with the financial year of the Group. This Report focuses on the management policies, performance and measures of the Group regarding environmental, social and governance issues. In which, the key performance indicators ("KPI") disclosed in the Report covers the principal operating activities1 of the Group. The scope includes the offices and operating terminals of 12 subsidiaries2 which have significant profit contribution to the Group. The service areas cover the WIT Port, the Multi-Purpose Port, the Hannan Port, the Shayang Port and the Shipai Port, located within the Yangtze River Basin in Hubei Province, Central China, the People's Republic of China (the "PRC"). The social key performance indicators cover the business scope of the Group as a whole.
Reporting Standards
This Report is prepared in compliance with the requirements set out in the "Environmental, Social and Governance Reporting Guide" under Appendix 27 to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited ("HKEx"). The disclosure in this report complies with the disclosure requirements of the "comply or explain" as set out in the Environmental, Social and Governance Reporting Guide. This report was reviewed, confirmed and approved by the Board on 30 March 2021. In the preparation of this report, we have summarised the performance of the Group in terms of corporate social responsibility on the basis of the reporting principles of materiality, quantitative, balance and consistency. Please refer to the table below for our understanding about and responses to these reporting principles.
We welcome comments and suggestions from our stakeholders. You may provide your comments to the ESG Report or towards our performance in respect of sustainability via email to [email protected].
1 The principal operating activities of the Group include investment in and development, operation and management of container, and the provision of port related, logistics and other services including integrated logistics, port and warehouse leasing, supply chain management and trading business, mainly conducted through its various ports, as well as the provision of construction services through Zhongji Tongshang Construction.
2 The 12 subsidiaries covered by the key performance indicators include Wuhan Yangluo Logistic Company Limited, CIG Wuhan Multipurpose Port Limited, Wuhan Tongshang Green Power Technology Company Limited, Tongshang Supply Chain Management (Wuhan) Company Limited, Zhongxiang City Port Development Co., Limited, Wuhan International Container Company Limited, Hubei Hannan Port Enterprise Company Limited, Hubei Hannan Port Logistics Company Limited, Hanjiang Port Logistics Centre Company Limited, Shayang Guoli Transportation Investment Co., Limited, Zhongji Tongshang Municipal Construction Engineering (Wuhan) Co., Ltd. and Hubei Haohang Tongshang International Shipping Agency Company Limited.
| Reporting Principles |
Definitions | Our Responses |
|---|---|---|
| Materiality | It is the threshold at which ESG issues become sufficiently important to investors and other stakeholders that they should be reported. |
This Report sets out the way to determine materiality and uses a matrix of materiality, demonstrating the priorities of both internal and external issues. We have provided reasons for our judgement in relation to the "comply or explain" provisions that we did not disclosed as they were not considered material. |
| Quantitative | KPIs need to be measurable. Targets can be set to reduce a particular impact. In this way the effectiveness of ESG policies and management systems can be evaluated and validated. Quantitative information should be accompanied by a narrative, explaining its purpose, impacts, and giving comparative data where appropriate. |
This Report discloses the KPIs quantitatively and the information on the standards, methodologies, assumptions or calculation tools used, and source of conversion factors used. Comparative data have been provided under certain circumstances. |
| Balance | The ESG report should provide an unbiased picture of the issuer's performance. The report should avoid selections, omissions, or presentation formats that may inappropriately influence a decision or judgment by the report reader. |
This Report discusses our achievements and challenges faced in terms of sustainable development. |
| Consistency | The issuer should use consistent methodologies to allow for meaningful comparisons of ESG data over time. The issuer should disclose in the ESG report any changes to the methods used or any other relevant factors affecting a meaningful comparison. |
This report is consistent with that of last year as much as possible and explains any changes to the methods used last year. |
Sources of Information
The information disclosed in this Report are derived from the Group's official documents, statistics or publicly available information. The board of directors (the "Board") is responsible for the truthfulness, accuracy and completeness of this Report.
II. PHILOSOPHY AND GOVERNANCE OF SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
Sustainable Governance and Development Objectives
While promoting healthy business growth, the Group regards social and environmental responsibilities as the core values in our business operations. Our goal is to create long-term value for all stakeholders in the society, maintaining our high-quality services and operating standards and having a profound and positive impact on the communities in which we operate. We will actively manage the impact of our operations on the environment and society and strive to fulfil our environmental and social responsibilities. Furthermore, we will improve the sustainability and transparency of the Group and create a green and sustainable future for the next generation.
Sustainable Governance Strategies
To implement the Group's philosophy of sustainable development, we have established a top-down environmental, social and governance ("ESG") framework. The Board is responsible for formulating ESG strategies, evaluating and determining the ESG risks of the Group and ensuring the effectiveness of our risk management and internal control processes. The senior management is responsible for arranging the relevant work in accordance with the ESG strategy and reporting to the Board on the progress of the ESG work and the annual ESG report of the Group. The staff of different departments of the Group are responsible for the ESG work, including collecting stakeholders' opinions, conducting internal and external materiality assessments and preparing the ESG Report, as well as reporting to the senior management on the progress of the ESG work and the preparation of the ESG Report.
The Group has been spending remarkable efforts on various aspects of corporate social responsibility, including energy conservation, greenhouse gas reduction, provision of employees' development and training opportunities, environmental compliance as well as provision of safe and healthy work environment for employees.
The Board's Declaration
The Board is committed to incorporating sustainable development into its business development, and assumes overall responsibility for the following:
- to assess and determine the Group's risks and opportunities in relation to ESG;
- to ensure that the Group has appropriate and effective risk management and internal control systems in place;
- to develop the Group's ESG management approach, strategy, priorities and objectives;
- to review the progress and performance of ESG tasks on a regular basis; and
- to review the disclosures in the Group's ESG report.
The Board regularly evaluates, identifies and manages sustainability risks and seeks to create long-term value for our stakeholders by identifying potential opportunities by exploring potential opportunities in compliance with regulatory requirements and industry practices. In addition, the Board regularly reviews the implementation of ESG objectives and adjusts the objectives as appropriate and practicable, and strives to minimise our impact on the environment and society.
III. COMUNICATION WITH STAKEHOLDERS
CIL recognises the importance of communications with our stakeholders and actively communicates with key stakeholders, including shareholders and investors, the government, employees, customers, suppliers and the community, through various communication channels such as meetings, workshops, opinion surveys or other platforms to understand their concerns, in order to achieve common progress and development. To ensure the effectiveness of communications with stakeholders, the Group is committed to establishing transparent, honest and accurate communication and providing timely responses. In the future, we will strengthen the interaction with stakeholders and develop a mutually beneficial and win-win relationship.
The table below summarises the ways of communication of the Group with stakeholders, their concerns and our plans of action.
| Communication | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Stakeholder Groups | Methods/Channels | Key Demands/Concerns | Our Plans of Action |
| Government | • Meetings • Workshops |
• Satisfy the compliance requirements of regulatory authorities • Pay taxes on time and in accordance with the law • Maintain good relationship with the government • Promote employment |
• Comply with national laws and regulations • Create employment opportunities • Pay taxes on time and in full according to the law • Optimise corporate governance management to ensure legal compliance |
| Employees | • Meetings • Workshops • Online feedback • Telephone discussions |
• Optimising employees' training and development • Promotion mechanism • Employees' Benefits |
• Optimise internal management system to facilitate development in the long run • Organise training and seminars • Hold leisure activities and voluntary services • Provide internal communication channels, including intranet and emails • Optimise performance appraisal process |
| Customers | • Individual meetings • Opinion survey |
• Provision of quality services to customers • Thorough understanding of customers' needs • Responding to customers' complaints • Service quality assurance |
• Plan and cooperate together to achieve a win-win situation • Optimise customer complaint channels • Define service procedures and service standards • Timely feedback and handling of customer complaints |
| Stakeholder Groups | Communication Methods/Channels |
Key Demands/Concerns | Our Plans of Action |
|---|---|---|---|
| Suppliers | • Individual meetings • Telephone discussions • Meetings |
• Enhancing day-to-day communication • Open and fair tendering process • Fulfilment of contract terms |
• Maintain a good negotiation attitude to achieve a win-win. • Establish a complete up-stream and down stream supply chain system • Set up an open, transparent tendering system to provide suppliers with equal opportunities for competition |
| Community | • Individual meetings • Meetings |
• Provision of local job opportunities to operating regions • Participating in community building • Creating a good business environment and atmosphere |
• Prioritise the hiring of local talents • Organise community activities for employees to participate • Proactively support and participate all kinds of community activities • Enhance the overall strength of the corporation and provide employment opportunities |
IV. MATERIALITY ASSESSMENT
To determine the disclosure focal points of this Report, we have conducted a materiality assessment on environmental, social and governance topics with our stakeholders. The materiality assessment involves the following steps:
Step 1: Identify potential environmental, social and governance topics
The Group identifies the following 21 topics in accordance with the disclosure requirements of the Environmental, Social and Governance Reporting Guide, the business characteristics of CIL, and its day-to-day operation. These topics are considered to have relevant impacts on the environment and society by our operation.
| ESG Aspects | No. | ESG Topics | |
|---|---|---|---|
| A. Environmental |
Aspect A1: Emissions | 1 | Exhaust gas emission |
| 2 | Greenhouse gas emission | ||
| 3 | Wastes discharged | ||
| Aspect A2: Use of Resources | 4 | Energy consumption | |
| 5 | Water consumption | ||
| 6 | Paper consumption | ||
| Aspect A3: The Environment and Natural | 7 | Managing environmental and natural resource | |
| Resources | risks | ||
| Aspect A4: Climate Change | 8 | Climate change | |
| ESG Aspects | No. | ESG Topics | |
|---|---|---|---|
| B. Social |
Aspect B1: Employment | 9 | Equal opportunity |
| Aspect B2: Health and Safety | 10 11 |
Employees' benefits Occupational health and safety |
|
| Aspect B3: Development and Training | 12 | Employee development | |
| Aspect B4: Labour Standards | 13 | Prevention of child labour and forced labour | |
| Aspect B5: Supply Chain Management | 14 | Supplier selection and evaluation process | |
| 15 | Monitoring and managing environmental and social risks in the supply chain |
||
| Aspect B6: Product Responsibility | 16 | Service quality | |
| 17 | Complaint management | ||
| 18 | Protection of intellectual property rights | ||
| 19 | Customer data privacy and data security | ||
| Aspect B7: Anti-corruption | 20 | Anti-corruption and anti-money laundering | |
| Aspect B8: Community Investment | 21 | Participation in community |
Step 2: Materiality assessment
In accordance with the opinions gathered when communicating with stakeholders, the management of the Group holds internal meetings and rates the relativity and importance of each ESG topics on a scale of 0-5 (0 as not relevant; 5 as extremely material).
Step 3: Prioritise
The topics are arranged on the two axes of "Materiality to stakeholders" and "Materiality to the business" in accordance with the rating results, and a materiality matrix is prepared accordingly:

No. ESG Topic
| 1 | Exhaust gas emission |
|---|---|
| 2 | Greenhouse gas emission |
| 3 | Wastes discharged |
| 4 | Energy consumption |
| 5 | Water consumption |
| 6 | Paper consumption |
| 7 | Managing environmental and natural resource risks |
| 8 | Climate change |
| 9 | Equal opportunity |
| 10 | Employees' benefits |
| 11 | Occupational health and safety |
| 12 | Employee development |
| 13 | Prevention of child labour and forced labour |
| 14 | Supplier selection and evaluation process |
| 15 | Monitoring and managing environmental and social risks in the supply chain |
| 16 | Service quality |
| 17 | Complaint management |
| 18 | Protection of intellectual property rights |
| 19 | Customer data privacy and data security |
| 20 | Anti-corruption and anti-money laundering |
| 21 | Participation in community |
The key issues of CIL for the Year primarily focused on topics including service quality, supplier management and handling of emissions and wastes. While paying attention to environmental and social responsibilities, we must give more attention to the above-mentioned areas. To effectively respond to the concerns of out stakeholders, we will focus on strengthening our study on material issues, by taking into account the views of all stakeholders, and carefully refining our long-term development strategy.
V. ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECT
CIL places paramount concerns on the adverse impacts to natural environment brought by its business operation, thus environmental regulation has become a part of the development strategy the Group formulated. Through implementing a series of environmentally friendly measures, we proactively integrate environmental protection concept into our core business to efficiently utilise natural resources and reduce pollution on the environment.
A1: Emissions
The Group strictly complies with the laws and regulations such as the Environmental Protection Law of the PRC (《中華人民共和國環境保護法》) , the PRC Law on the Prevention and Control of Environmental Noise Pollution (《中華人民共和國環境噪聲污染防治法》) , and the PRC Law on the Prevention and Control of Water Pollution(《中 華人民共和國水污染防治法》), which clearly stated the related requirements of corporate pollutants discharge and energy conservation management. In view of this, we have established and strictly implemented internal policies such as the Contingency Plan for Oil Spill Incident of Terminal Vessels(《碼頭船舶洩油污染事故預案》) , Contingency Plan for Environmental Emergencies(《突發環境事件應急預案》) and Employee Handbook(《員工手冊》) to provide the employees with clear guidelines in day-to-day environmental protection operation.
Air Pollutants and Greenhouse Gas Emissions
During the Reporting Period, total greenhouse gas emissions were 5,136 tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent, with an intensity of approximately 10.79 tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent (per employee).
- Direct greenhouse gas emission (Subject Area 1) was approximately 1,130 tonnes of CO2 equivalent, which comprised emissions from stationary and mobile combustion sources of 14 tonnes of CO2 equivalent and 1,116 tonnes of CO2 equivalent, respectively. The intensity of direct greenhouse gas emissions was approximately 2.37 tonnes of CO2 equivalent per employee, mainly from LPG, gasoline and diesel used in vehicles, terminal operating equipment3 and staff canteens.
- Indirect greenhouse gas emission (Subject Area 2) amounted to approximately 3,959 tonnes of CO2 equivalent, with an intensity of approximately 8.32 tonnes of CO2 equivalent (per employee), mainly from the Group's purchased electricity.
- Other indirect greenhouse gas emission (Subject Area 3) was approximately 46 tonnes of CO2 equivalent, with an intensity of approximately 0.1 tonnes of CO2 equivalent per employee, mainly from electricity consumed by government departments in the treatment of water and sewage.
Air pollutants generated from the consumption of LPG, gasoline and diesel used by the Group's operations include nitrogen oxides, sulphur oxides, respirable particulate matters and fine particulate matters, with emissions of approximately 9,259 kg4 , 20 kg5 , 366 kg and 305 kg respectively:
| Air Pollutants | Source | Unit | Total |
|---|---|---|---|
| Nitrogen Oxides6 | Diesel | Kg | 9,247.6 |
| Petrol | Kg | 10.8 | |
| Liquefied Petroleum Gas | Kg | 0.9 | |
| Sulphur Oxides | Diesel | Kg | 19.7 |
| Petrol | Kg | 0.4 | |
| Liquefied Petroleum Gas | Kg | Less than 0.01 | |
| Respirable Particulate Matters | Diesel | Kg | 364.0 |
| Petrol | Kg | 1.7 | |
| Fine Particulate Matters | Diesel | Kg | 303.3 |
| Petrol | Kg | 1.6 |
3 The Group has revised the classification of terminal operation. In 2020, all terminal operation equipment has been included into the category of
non-road mobile machinery (i.e. mobile combustion sources).
4 Emissions of nitrogen oxides decreased from 940,690 kg in 2019 to 9,259 kg in 2020, mainly due to the replacement of coal gas with LPG as a fuel for the staff canteens by the Group starting from 2020.
5 Emissions of sulphur oxides decreased from 4,714 kg in 2019 to 20 kg in 2020, mainly due to the replacement of coal gas with LPG as a fuel for the staff canteen by the Group's starting from 2020.
To reduce emissions of exhaust and greenhouse gases, the Group has proactively implemented a series of environmental management measures to manage emissions from office premises, operating terminals, factories, warehouses and stacking yards. These include:
- Various green and low-carbon equipment and projects such as electrification of rubber tyre gantry cranes (RTG) instead of diesel-powered RTG, shore-based power supply for vessels and purely electric container trucks have been introduced to reduce pollutant emissions;
- Ensure preparation work such as berthing and loading are completed before actually starting the overhead bridge crane operation to reduce waiting time;
- Improvement measures to control dust pollution generated at piers and stacking yards, or generated by bulk cargo loading and unloading operations and construction sites, including screening, covering and cleaning;
- Perform regular analysis of fuel consumption;
- The replacement of coal gas with LPG as a fuel for the staff canteen;
- Drivers are required to maintain even speed during vehicle operation to reduce number of braking;
- Open windows for ventilation as much as possible instead of air-conditioning, and turn off engine if waiting exceeds 5 minutes;
- Encourage the setting of air-conditioners temperature at 24-26 degrees Celsius;
- Employees are required to turn off air-conditioners, computers, etc. when leaving the office, so as to reduce the daily power consumption of the office;
- Use energy efficient lighting in all office areas and encourage the use of natural light and reduce the use of unnecessary lighting systems; and
- Post energy saving notices or reminders to encourage employees to practice environmental protection activities.
Hazardous and Non-hazardous Waste
Due to the nature of our business, the Group does not directly generate significant amounts of hazardous waste and therefore KPI A1.3 (total hazardous waste generated) is not applicable to our business and the relevant data is not disclosed.
During the period of operation, we generated a total of approximately 0.7 tonnes of non-hazardous waste, mainly from waste paper. The Group has implemented a number of paper saving measures to reduce the amount of waste paper generated and raise awareness of paper saving among our staff, including:
- Encourage employees to use electronic documents and duplex printing;
- Promote paper recycling among employees;
- provide recycling areas in offices to encourage paper recycling;
- Encourage employees to use email or notice board for internal communication; and
- Encourage employees to bring their own drinking cups to reduce the use of disposable paper cups.
We also provide waste separation and recycling facilities within the office area to facilitate our employees to participate in the classification of waste sources, thus increasing the collection volume of recycled materials and reduce the amount of waste to be disposed of.
A2: Use of Resources
Increasing resource utilisation efficiency is also an environmental protection topic that the Group attaches great importance to. To fulfil the corporate environmental protection responsibility, we review and assess the efficiency and result of environmental protection plan from time to time, so to reduce energy consumption and facilitate us to strike a good balance between environmental protection and business growth.
Energy Consumption
During the Reporting Period, total energy consumption was 8,464 kWh, with an intensity of approximately 17.78 kWh (per employee).
- In terms of direct energy consumption, LPG, diesel and gasoline consumed during the reporting period amounted to 64 kWh, 268 kwh and 4,122 kWh respectively, with a total direct energy consumption of 4,454 kWh and a direct energy consumption intensity of approximately 9.36 kWh (per employee).
- In terms of indirect energy consumption, 4,010 kWh of purchased electricity was consumed during the reporting period, resulting in a total indirect energy consumption of 4,010 kWh and an indirect energy consumption intensity of approximately 8.42 kWh (per employee).
To save energy consumption, we have actively adopted energy saving measures in our daily operations, formulated and strictly implemented internal policies such as the "Practices for Energy Saving and Consumption Reduction" and "Regulations on the Use of Air Conditioning", and cultivated a good awareness among our staff of "Love the Port, Respect Our Work and be Prudent in Spending", in order to build CIL into a conservation-oriented enterprise.
In the operation of terminals, CIL has taken the following measures to reduce energy consumption.
| Operational Equipment | Adopted Measures |
|---|---|
| Overhead Bridge Crane | • Determine the reasonable loading and unloading process flow and crane positioning to reduce the number of movements of large, small or empty vehicles |
| Gantry Crane | • Control lifting heights to reduce unproductive work • Develop reasonable operating plans to reduce unproductive work • Control lifting range to avoid excessive power wastage due to excessive torque |
| Rubber Tyre Gantry Crane (RTG) | • Assign operation at work sites reasonably, try to minimize the frequency of changing work sites and avoid long range work site changes for RTG • Control the on/off lighting during night-time operations to reduce unnecessary power consumption |
| On-site Container Truck | • Operate within speed limits and reasonably control acceleration from rest. Hard acceleration and hard braking are prohibited. • Avoid long period of idling |
| Empty Container Handler | • Operate within the speed limits of the site • Control the lifting and lowering speeds of container handlers |
| Forklift | • Operate within the speed limits of the site |
Measures to reduce energy consumption of operational equipment
We also require all staff to do the following to save electricity:
- Do not turn on lights during the day when there is sufficient light in the room and do not turn on lights in nonworking areas at night, and "lights that stay on all the time" are strictly prohibited;
- Turn off lights, central air-conditioning fans, computers and monitors at the end of workdays;
- Use air-conditioning strictly in accordance with the temperature limits set by the company;
-
On-duty security guards are responsible for the inspection of lights in the office complex during night time;
-
Always close doors and windows when turning on the air conditioner, and turn off stand-alone air conditioners that will be idle for more than half an hour;
- When the central air-conditioning in the office complex is turned on, the fans in unoccupied office areas should be turned off; and
- Computers that will be left idle for more than half an hour should be turned off.
Water Consumption
To make the best use of water resources, our Practical Guide to Energy Conservation provides guidance to our staff on how to conserve water. The various water conservation measures implemented by China General Trading include:
- Check water usage regularly and make timely arrangements to deal with any water leakage;
- Always check the conditions of time-delay water valves and arrange for timely repair of faulty or malfunctioning valves;
- Make reasonable arrangements when watering greeneries, use sprinklers instead of flood irrigation;
- Set water consumption limits for canteens;
- Use water meters to record water consumption by administrative vehicles in car-washing;
- Provide routine maintenance of water-using equipment to prevent leakage;
- Use cleaning equipment such as wet and dry sweepers and sweeping machines;.
- Install water flow controllers in water taps;
- Install high pressure faucets in the pantries; and
- Post signs to promote reduction in water consumption
The water used by the Group comes from the municipal water supply and therefore there is no problem in accessing water. During the reporting period, the Group's total water consumption was approximately 54,408 tonnes, with an intensity of approximately 114.3 m3 (per employee).
A3: The Environment and Natural Resources
The Group pays close attention to the impacts we have on environment and natural resources. As part of our corporate social responsibility, we are committed to reducing the impact of our operations on the environment and natural resources. We have established the Practical Guide to Save Energy and Reduce Wastage to govern the operation of our staff and to provide guidelines for managing resources at our terminal platforms and warehouses. When using overhead bridge cranes, we require our staff to operate the handles steadily to reduce impacts and loading on mechanical components and steel cables; when using gantry cranes, staff should carefully control the landing points and landing speed of oversized and overweight items to prevent damage to the sill plates of pier platforms; when using forklifts, the operators should reasonably control the turning radius so as to extend the service life of steering tyres; when unpacking boxes in warehouses, operating personnel should properly collect all packing materials such as wood, nails, packing tapes and ropes at the end of the operation and notify the maintenance workshop personnel for retrieval and use as materials for production. In addition, we only burn weeds in winter for use as fertiliser in the coming year. As usual, the Group is committed to the concept of green development and will continue to explore innovative ways to reduce our impact on the environment and natural resources in order to build an environmentally friendly enterprise.
Climate Change
CIL recognises that global warming is becoming more and more critical, posing significant and far-reaching impacts and challenges to both people and the global environment. Climate change phenomena such as extreme weather, rising temperatures and warming oceans are also threatening the stability of business and operations. In view of this, we made reference to the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and identified a range of climate change-related risks in the industry as well as adopted a series of action plans to address these risks.
Risks and Impacts associated with Climate Change
| Risks | Potential Impacts |
|---|---|
| Physical Risks Acute physical risk (from weather related events such as storms, |
• Damage to terminals caused by storm surges, wind and waves, which increases the risk of damage to port infrastructure; |
| floods, fires or heat waves) | • Flooding caused by high water may affect the operation of port facilities • Additional unplanned costs for maintenance or relocation of facilities during the time of storm surge; and • Extreme weather conditions which cause vessels to be diverted from their routes, making it difficult for them to arrive in port on time. |
| Chronic physical risks (from long-term climate change, e.g. temperature change, rise of water |
• Increase in costs for cooling as a result of rising temperatures; • Difficulty for staff to work outdoors for extended periods of time in hot weather, which affects operational efficiency; and |
| level, reduced water source, biodiversity loss and changes in land and soil productivity) |
• Increase in droughts and high temperatures have made it difficult to grow crops, resulting in reduced volumes of cargos from customers and potentially lower profits from port business as business volumes decline. |
| Technical risks Transition Risks |
• Energy efficiency technology is the key to mitigating climate change and a core element of future development. Failure to master renewable energy or energy efficiency technology will have an impact on business development. |
| Market Risks | • Consumers and business customers are increasingly turning to products and services that are less damaging to the climate. |
| Reputation Risks | • It would be difficult to attract and retain customers, employees, business partners and investments if a company is accountable for damaging impact on the climate. |
| Legal Risks | • With the increase in climate change-related laws and regulations, we may incur in additional compliance costs and may be exposed to the risk of negative findings from relevant government authorities if our existing compliance procedures and business operations do not fully comply with the new legal and regulatory requirements. |
In response to the risks posed by climate change, our ports have been transforming and upgrading from traditional terminal operations to intelligent terminal operations in recent years. We have been actively exploring energy-saving technologies and retrofitting our terminal equipment, such as implementing RTG deisel-to-electric solutions, adopting shore-based power supply systems for birthing vessels and switching to pure electric container trucks. We are also closely monitoring updates to the climate change legislation and our compliance procedures to avoid adverse impact on our financial position and reputation due to non-compliance with relevant regulations or industry standards.
VI. Social Aspect
B1: Employment
CIL firmly believes that our staff is one of the most important assets for a corporation's sustainable development. The Group strictly complies with the laws and regulations relating to staff employment, such as the Labour Law of the PRC (《中華人民共和國勞動法》), the Labour Contract Law of the PRC(《中華人民共和國勞動合同法》) , the Social Insurance Law of the PRC(《中華人民共和國社會保險法》) , the Law of the PRC on Employment Promotion(《中 華人民共和國促進就業法》) , and the Labour Law of Hong Kong. These laws and regulations protect our employees' legal interests in aspects such as working hour policy, holidays policy, welfare and remuneration management, dismissal of employees and signing of labour contracts. To achieve efficient transferring and monitoring of the relevant requirements, we have established various internal policies, such as "Employee Handbook"(《員工手冊》), "Employee Attendance Management System"(《員工考勤管理制度》)and "Employee Remuneration Management System" (《工薪酬管理制度》) , which are reviewed and amended on a regular basis, endeavouring to provide a reasonable, fair and discrimination-free working environment for our employees, so that they can work energetically under a good corporate environment, thereby achieving the mutual growth of both the employees and the Group.
Recruitment and Promotion
To guarantee the overall human resources standard, the Group has also established internal regulations on employment and selection of personnel. During the recruitment process, we value the integrity, self-discipline, and cooperative spirit of candidates. The Group adheres to an open, fair and just recruitment policy, and opposes all forms of discrimination on gender, age, disability, race and religion, endeavouring to maintain a friendly working environment. We also adhere to an open and fair principle in providing promotion opportunities for our employees, and have established a competitive remuneration package (e.g. performance-based bonus) and promotion policy, including regular performance assessments and communication with employees, continuously lift staff performance levels through performance feedback, thereby promoting sound development of the organisation, increasing the standards of business performance and management, so as to benefit both the Group and the employees.
Remuneration and Welfare
To fully exert the incentive function of remunerations, we have established the staff remuneration management system to standardise the management of staff remuneration. The wage levels of the Group's staff are determined according to the respective wage standard of each employee position and functional level. Meanwhile, we will conduct regular performance assessments on our staff and adjust remuneration packages based on the assessment results. We also take this opportunity to listen to the employees' opinions and help them to integrate into our corporate culture. In order to increase the sense of belonging and morale of our staff, in traditional festivals such as Lunar New Year and Mid-Autumn Festival, we will give out festive foods such as mooncakes to our staff, and also organise regular and festive activity or gatherings. We will also make birthday columns with birthday wishes, birthday cards and gifts to staff during their birthday month. For major family occasions such as weddings, we will distribute money gifts to the employees as a return for their contributions and efforts to the Group, in order to improve the harmonious atmosphere in the working environment as well as to facilitate the assimilation of employees from different levels.
Working Hours, Holidays
The Group pays overtime wages to employees' overtime work in accordance with the national standards and internal management standards. In addition, our internal policies stipulate that employees are entitled to various paid holidays, including statutory holiday, marriage leave, bereavement leave, maternity leave, family planning leave, workplace breastfeeding leave, annual leave, etc. The Company implements flexible working hours system according to the nature of the Company's operation as well as to meet the job responsibilities of individual employees, and adopts rotating days off and shifting rests, as well as flexible working hours to reasonably arrange work and rotate day off, safeguarding the employees' right of rest and ensuring the Company can complete its production.
Equal Opportunity, Diversity, Anti-discrimination
CIL provides equal opportunity and endeavours in implementing the concepts of diversity and anti-discrimination. When hiring, we avoid using personal characteristics such as sex, age, marital status and physical fitness as necessary factors for selection, so to ensure employees can enjoy fair treatment in aspects such as recruitment and promotion, dismissal process, trainings, performance assessments, remuneration and welfare, working hours, annual leave and other holidays (including marriage leave, compassionate leave, maternity leave), etc.
As at 31 December 2020, we had in total 476 employees, of which male and female employees accounted for approximately 77% and 23% respectively. There was no recorded case of discrimination during the Reporting Period.
B2: Health and Safety
During the course of business, the Group places paramount importance in providing a healthy and safe working environment to employees. We are in strict compliance with relevant laws and regulations on labour safety and health such as the Law of the PRC on the Prevention and Control of Occupational Diseases(《中華人民共和國職業病防治 法》), the Production Safety Law of the PRC(《中華人民共和國安全生產法》), Fire Prevention Law of the PRC(《中 華人民共和國消防法》) and the Regulation on Work-Related Injury Insurance of the PRC(《中華人民共和國工傷保險 條例》) . To ensure that employees can work in a healthy and safe working environment, we have established internal policies such as "Fire Prevention Inspection and Patrol System", "Management Systems for Loading and Unloading of Dangerous Goods and Safety Production" and "Emergency Plan for Environmental Emergencies" in order to provide guidelines on occupational health and safety.
CIL endeavours to provide a comfortable, safe and energetic working environment as well as protect employees from potential occupational hazards. We have taken the following measures, including, but not limited to:
- equipping labour protection products to all front-line employees;
- performing irregular work safety checks to ensure the implementation of safety measures;
- installing air purifiers in relatively crowded areas such as conference and meeting rooms;
- prohibiting smoking and abuse of alcohol and drugs in the workplace to take care of the physical and mental health of employees;
- providing safety trainings to employees; and
- conducting fire drills and emergency evacuation simulations to raise the employees' awareness of fire prevention and to equip employees with appropriate knowledge and skills in the event of emergency.
For newly hired employees, the Group will provide induction programs and safety training programs such that they can be familiar with the relevant company policies as soon as possible, which will help increase the safety awareness of employees and minimize accidents caused by human errors. Meanwhile, we have already purchased social insurance and commercial insurance for our employees in accordance with the law to ensure employees are protected in the event of occupational injuries. In the past three years (including the Reporting Period), the number and rate of workrelated fatalities and the number of days lost due to work injuries each year were nil.
B3: Development and Training
CIL strives to improve its employees' training system. To develop the full potentials of employees, we have established the "Development and Training Management System" and "Administrative Measures of Internal Trainers" to regulate the Company's employees' trainings. We understand that an excellent team of talents is one of the keys to corporate sustainable development. The design of trainings for employees not only helps achieve the business target of the Company and assists employees in enhancing their skills and career development, but also benefits the community.
For newly hired employees, we will ensure that every new employee receives various trainings according to the induction programs, including induction training, technical skills training and pre-post training, ensuring that they can adapt to the new working environment swiftly and possess the required qualities and skill-sets for the job. We will also provide various training courses to employees of every employment level, and ensure that every employee can receive continuous trainings, maintaining employees' competitiveness, achieving employees' career outlook, as well as facilitating the Group's business development. For the management, we provide them with a series of soft skill development courses. By strengthening their leadership and management skills, promoting teamwork and bringing in new perspectives to the Group, they can help foster the sustainable development of the Group. We also encourage employees to participate in continuing education, by reimbursing relevant expenses with the proof of completion certificates and valid invoices after completion of trainings.
In 2020, the percentage of trained employees of the Group accounted for 97%, representing an increase of 3% over 2019. The average training hours completed per employee were 7.3 hours, representing an increase of 25% over 2019.
B4: Labour Standards
The Group is in strict compliance with the laws and regulations relating to protecting the legitimate rights and interests of employees as well as prohibiting the employment of persons under the age of 18, such as the Labour Law of the PRC(《中華人民共和國勞動法》) , the Labour Contract Law of the PRC(《中華人民共和國勞動合同法》) , the Provisions on the Prohibition of Using Child Labour(《禁止使用童工規定》) , the Law on the Protection of Minors of the PRC(《中華人民共和國未成年人保護法》) , and the Employment of Children Regulations(《雇用兒童規 例》) of Hong Kong. The recruitment management system we established values the legitimate rights and interests of employees. We value the privacy of employees and avoid asking personal questions that are irrelevant to work performance during interviews, and information regarding the cognitive ability assessments of the candidates can only be accessed by personnel related to the selection process. In addition, during the recruitment process, we will conduct background checks to examine the age of candidates through reviewing their medical examination certificates, academic certificates and identity cards in order to avoid illegal use of child labour.
For employees who need to work overtime and be on duty due to work needs, we will pay overtime wages in accordance to the national standards and the Group's internal employment policies. Once violation of the laws and regulations regarding labour standards is found, we will penalise the responsible personnel and make a public announcement depending on the severity of the situation. We will also dissect and investigate the cause of the problem in order to review, update and adjust the current systems or management practices to address the existing problems.
We also highly value employees' opinions and care for their physical and mental health. We are strongly convinced that a harmonic and compliant corporate culture and working environment can help increase sense of belonging of employees, so as to facilitate employee retention and improve productivity.
B5: Supply Chain Management
The steady development of the Group's business depends on the support of suppliers and business partners, thereby we place a high importance on supply chain management to maintain our service quality and business integrity. We are committed to an open, fair and transparent procurement and tendering processes. Before considering cooperation with any suppliers and contractors, we will evaluate the suppliers by conducting environmental and social risk assessments. The assessments include whether the suppliers can provide employees with healthy and safe working environment, whether their awareness of environmental protection is strong and whether their resources utilisation efficiency is high. We will also request them to provide documents such as business licenses, certificates of professional qualifications, permits of safety production, and other recognised certificates in relation to management systems, ensuring that they meet the relevant social and environmental laws and regulations. In order to strengthen the environmental awareness of suppliers and encourage them to make a contribution to sustainable development, we will prioritise suppliers or contractors with philosophy of sustainable development.
The Group evaluates and provides feedback to the suppliers after the completion of the procurement agreements or contracts. We also monitor the performance of the suppliers on an on-going basis. At the end of each year, we assess the performances of the suppliers who are in the process of fulfilling or have completed procurement contracts during the year. The annual assessment on suppliers will be performed with scores based on a number of aspects including execution of plans, coordination, occupational safety, on-site quality management, customer satisfaction, environmental protection, major incidents of safety responsibilities. A supplier who is rated as non-conforming will no longer be selected as a supplier throughout the whole group.
For the year 2020, the number of our suppliers was 444, representing a 5% decrease from 2019 (restated)7 .
B6: Product Responsibility
The Group strictly complies with the laws and regulations relating to product responsibility, maintenance and protection of intellectual property rights, consumer data protection and privacy, including the Port Law of the PRC(《中華人民共 和國港口法》) , the Law of the PRC on Product Quality(《中華人民共和國 品質量法》), the Production Safety Law of the PRC(《中華人民共和國安全生 法》) , the Law of the PRC on the Protection of Consumer Rights and Interests (《中華人民共和國消費者權益保護法》) , the Regulations on Safety Management of Dangerous Goods at Ports(《港 口危險貨物安全管理規定》 ) , the Patent Law of the PRC《中華人民共和國專利法》 , and the Personal Data (Privacy) Ordinance of Hong Kong(《個人資料(私隱)條例》). CIL understands the importance of service quality and corporate reputation to the sustainable development of business and therefore, we have always focused on "Customer Requirements", and are committed in maintaining bilateral communication with customers. During the Reporting Period, the Group did not identify any material non-compliance of the laws and regulations related to the quality of services.
7 The revised number of suppliers for 2019 was 466.
We highly value customer satisfaction and their feedbacks on our services. Our internal policies provide effective guidelines in the process of dealing with complaints, and has set up various complaints and feedback channels, such as telephone hotline, emails and websites, to collect suggestions and advice from customers. During the Reporting Period, the Group did not receive any related complaints regarding our services.
To strengthen the protection of intellectual property rights, we have established the "Zall Corporate Management Framework"(《卓爾企業管理綱要》) to standardise the procedures for the maintenance and protection of intellectual property rights. Our intellectual property management department is responsible for the application, registration, renewal, transfer, evaluation as well as guidance or participation in the settlement of intellectual property infringement and disputes. We will continue to reform and improve the intellectual property protection system and promote the optimization of the business environment.
We are also strongly committed to the confidentiality protection of personal and sensitive business data. In handling critical and confidential data, the Group has set up privacy protection management measures to ensure that only authorised personnel can handle confidential data. To protect the data of suppliers, customers and the Group itself, the Group strictly forbids employees to remove data storage equipment, maintenance equipment, removable storage devices or other information from the office without approval. We also control the access rights to data and ensure that collected and saved data are free of unauthorised or accidental access, processing, erasure or uses for other purposes. During the Reporting Period, we did not receive any complaints regarding breaches of customer privacy or leakage of customer information.
B7: Anti-Corruption
The Group strictly abides by the laws and regulations concerning business ethics and prohibiting operators from reaching monopoly agreements or abusing market dominance, such as, the Anti-Unfair Competition Law of the PRC (《中華人民共和國反不正當競爭法》) , the Interim Provisions on the Prohibition of Commercial Bribery(《關於禁止 商業賄賂行為的暫行規定》) , the Anti-Monopoly Law of the PRC(《中華人民共和國反壟斷法》) , the Regulations of the PRC for Suppression of Corruption(《中華人民共和國懲治貪污條例》) , and the Prevention of Bribery Ordinance of Hong Kong(《防止賄賂條例》) . In order to operate business without undue influence, we have set out a series of anti-fraud and anti-bribery internal policies, including guidelines regarding employees' acceptance of benefits.
Once violations of guidelines or other regulations are found, the offenders will be subject to disciplinary action. During the Reporting Period, the Group abides by the laws and regulations relating to bribery, extortion, fraud and money laundering mentioned above, as well as the corporate policies on anti-corruption. We have not been penalised as a result of violation of laws and regulations relating to anti-corruption, we have not terminated or bring disciplinary actions against our employees due to cases of corruption, and we have not terminated or declined to extend any contract with business partners due to corruption.
In addition, the Group also requires its employees to enter into the Integrity Cooperation Agreement with the Company to promote a virtuous and honest corporate culture, so to prevent all sorts of conflicts of interests and misconducts, such as bribery, extortion, fraud and money laundering, and to ensure that employees abide by the relevant regulations, principles, and requirements of professional ethics in the agreement. Pursuant to the Group's internal policies, employees can report any conflicts of interests and non-compliance found to the Audit Committee, which will review each complaint and decide how the investigation should be conducted. During the Reporting Period, the Group is not involved in any legal cases relating to corruption.
B8: Community Investment
The Group strives to fulfil its social responsibilities and endeavours to give back to the society while developing its business. We encourage employees to actively participate in various social welfare activities and help local communities and people in need, expressing their love and contributing to the society with practical actions. We believe that employees can raise their social awareness as citizens and establish correct values through participating charitable activities, as demonstrated by their willingness to participate in giving back to the society and making contributions towards building a better homeland. As a member of the community, CIL actively invests resources in areas such as environmental protection, social services and health. In 2020, we donated a total of RMB207,006, an increase of more than nine times over that of last year. In addition, the Group actively communicates with non-government organisations and charity organisations to understand the needs of the community. We also take the initiative to participate in community activities, creating caring atmosphere in the neighborhoods and striving to promote harmony and prosperity in the communities.
VII. KPIs OVERVIEW1
Environmental Performance
| KPIs No. | KPIs | Unit | 2020 | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| A1.1 Emissions2 | Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) | Kg | 9,259 | |
| Sulphur Dioxide (SOx) | Kg | 20 | ||
| Respirable Particulate Matters and (PM10) | Kg | 366 | ||
| Fine Particulate Matters (PM2.5) | Kg | 305 | ||
| A1.2 Greenhouse Gas3,4 Area 1: Direct Greenhouse Gas Emissions | ||||
| Stationary sources | CO2e (tonne) | 14 | ||
| Mobile combustion sources | CO2e (tonne) | 1,116 | ||
| Total Direct Carbon Dioxide Equivalent Emissions | CO2e (tonne) | 1,130 | ||
| Total Direct Carbon Dioxide Equivalent Emissions Intensity5 |
CO2e (tonne)/employee | 2.37 |
1 Unless otherwise specified, the emission factor of the environmental key performance indicators in this Report were calculated in accordance with "How to prepare an ESG Report? – Appendix II: Reporting Guidance on Environmental KPIs" published by the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.
2 The calculation of emission was based on the "Technical Guide for Air Pollutant Emission Inventory for On-road Vehicles (Trial Implementation)" and "Technical Guide for Air Pollutant Emission Inventory for Non-road Vehicles (Trial Implementation)" issued by the Ministry of Ecology and Environment of the PRC, the conversion factors provided by UK Government GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting (2020) and the conversion factors provided by research institutions: http://w.astro.berkeley.edu/~wright/fuel_energy.html.
3 The volume of carbon dioxide equivalent emissions was calculated based on the "Greenhouse Gas Protocol Tool for Energy Consumption" provided in the internationally accepted "Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard" and the conversion factors provided by research institutions: http://w.astro.berkeley.edu/~wright/fuel_energy.html.
4 The Group updated its calculation of mobile combustion source. Starting from 2020, the calculation is based on the "Technical Guide for Air Pollutant Emission Inventory for On-road Vehicles (Trial Implementation)" and "Technical Guide for Air Pollutant Emission Inventory for Non-road Vehicles (Trial Implementation)" issued by the Ministry of Ecology and Environment of the PRC, where most of its operations are located; whereas the calculation of emissions adopted in 2019 was based on the calculation model of Hong Kong Environmental Protection Department's EMFAC-HK Vehicle Emission Calculation guideline and the Vehicle Emission Modeling Software — MOBILE6.1 provided by Environmental Protection Agency of the United States.
| KPIs No. | KPIs | Unit | 2020 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Area 2: Indirect Greenhouse Gas Emissions | |||
| Purchased electricity6 | CO2e (tonne) | 3,959 | |
| Total indirect Carbon Dioxide Equivalent Emissions | CO2e (tonne) | 3,959 | |
| Total indirect Carbon Dioxide Equivalent Emissions Intensity7 |
CO2e (tonne)/employee | 8.32 | |
| Area 3: Other Indirect Greenhouse Gas Emissions | |||
| Electricity used for processing fresh water and sewage by government department8 |
CO2e (tonne) | 38 | |
| Business air travel by employees | CO2e (tonne) | 8 | |
| Total of Other Indirect Carbon Dioxide Equivalent Emissions |
CO2e (tonne) | 46 | |
| Total of Other Indirect Carbon Dioxide Equivalent Emissions Intensity9 |
CO2e (tonne)/employee | 0.10 | |
| Total Greenhouse Gas Emissions | |||
| Total Greenhouse Gas Emissions | CO2e (tonne) | 5,136 | |
| Total Greenhouse Gas Emissions Intensity10 | CO2e (tonne)/employee | 10.79 | |
| A1.4 Non-hazardous | Total Non-hazardous Wastes | tonne | 0.70 |
| Wastes | Total Non-hazardous Wastes Intensity | tonne/employee | Less than 0.01 |
| A2.1 Energy11 | Direct Energy Consumption | ||
| Liquefied Petroleum Gas | kWh in '000s | 64 | |
| Diesel | kWh in '000s | 268 | |
| Petrol | kWh in '000s | 4,122 | |
| Direct Energy Consumption | kWh in '000s | 4,454 | |
| Direct Energy Consumption Intensity12 | kWh in '000s/employee | 9.36 | |
| Indirect Energy Consumption | |||
| Purchased Electricity | kWh in '000s | 4,010 | |
| Indirect Energy Consumption | kWh in '000s | 4,010 | |
| Indirect Energy Consumption13 | kWh in '000s/emplolyee | 8.42 | |
| Total Energy Consumption | |||
| Total Energy Consumption Total Energy Consumption Intensity14 |
kWh in '000s kWh in '000s/employee |
8,464 17.78 |
|
| A2.2 Water | Water Consumption | m3 | 54,408 |
| Consumption | Water Consumption Intensity15 | m3 /employee |
114.30 |
6 The data of power grid emission factors in mainland China were in accordance with the "2016 Baseline Emission Factors of Regional Power Grids in China for Emission Reductions", published by the National Development and Reform Committee.
7 Total Indirect Carbon Dioxide Equivalent Emissions Intensity = Indirect Carbon Dioxide Equivalent Emissions ÷ 476 (Total Number of Employees)
8 The per unit electricity consumption for drinking water and sewage treatment in China was set at 0.6 and 0.28328 kWh respectively, while the pre-set discharge coefficient for purchased electricity in China was set at 0.8 kg/kWh.
9 Total of Other Indirect Carbon Dioxide Equivalent Emissions Intensity = Other Indirect Carbon Dioxide Equivalent Emissions ÷ 476 (Total Number of Employees)
10 Total Greenhouse Gas Emissions Intensity = Total Greenhouse Gas Emissions ÷ 476 (Total Number of Employees).
11 Energy consumption was calculated based on the conversion factors in the National Standards of the PRC General Principles for Calculation of the "Comprehensive Energy Consumption" (GB/T 2589-2008).
12 Direct Energy Consumption Intensity = Direct Energy Consumption ÷ 476 (Total Number of Employees)
13 Indirect Energy Consumption Intensity = Indirect Energy Consumption ÷ 476 (Total Number of Employees)
14 Total Energy Consumption Intensity = Total Energy Consumption ÷ 476 (Total Number of Employees)
15 Water Consumption Intensity = Total Water Consumption ÷ 476 (Total Number of Employees)
Social Performance
| KPIs No. | KPIs | Unit | 2020 |
|---|---|---|---|
| B1.1 Total Employees | By Employee Type | ||
| Full-time | Person | 476 | |
| Part-time | Person | Nil | |
| By Geographical Region | |||
| Mainland China | Person | 474 | |
| Hong Kong | Person | 2 | |
| By Gender | |||
| Male | Person | 365 | |
| Female | Person | 111 | |
| By Age | |||
| 30 Years Old or Below | Person | 120 | |
| 31-40 Years Old | Person | 205 | |
| 41-50 Years Old | Person | 92 | |
| 51 Years Old or Above | Person | 59 | |
| By Employee Category | |||
| Directors and Senior Management | Person | 36 | |
| Middle Management | Person | 114 | |
| Ordinary Employee | Person | 326 | |
| B1.2 Employee Turnover | By Employment Type | ||
| Rate1 | Full-time | % | 16 |
| Part-time | % | Not Applicable | |
| By Geographical Region | |||
| Mainland China | % | 16 | |
| Hong Kong | % | Nil | |
| By Gender | |||
| Male | % | 15 | |
| Female | % | 19 | |
| By Age | |||
| 30 Years Old or Below | % | 18 | |
| 31-40 Years Old | % | 18 | |
| 41-50 Years Old | % | 9 | |
| 51 Years Old or Above | % | 14 | |
| B2.1 Number and Rate | Number and of work-related fatalities | Person | Nil |
| of Work-related | Rate of work-related fatalities | % | Not Applicable |
| Fatalities | |||
| B2.2 Lost Days Due to | Lost days due to work injury | Day | Nil |
| Work Injury |
1 Turnover Rate of Employees = Number of Employees Left in the Category ÷ Total Number of Employees in the Category * 100
| KPIs No. | KPIs | Unit | 2020 |
|---|---|---|---|
| B3.1 Percentage of | Percentage of employees trained | % | 97 |
| Employees Trained2, 3 | By Gender | ||
| Male | % | 98 | |
| Female | % | 95 | |
| By Employee Category | |||
| Directors and Senior Management | % | 89 | |
| Middle Management | % | 93 | |
| Ordinary Employee | % | 99 | |
| B3.2 Average Training | Average Training Hours Completed | Hour | 7.3 |
| Hours Completed | Per Employee | ||
| Per Employee | By Gender | ||
| Male | Hour | 6.4 | |
| Female | Hour | 10.0 | |
| By Employee Category | |||
| Directors and Senior Management | Hour | 7.2 | |
| Middle Management | Hour | 7.1 | |
| Ordinary Employee | Hour | 7.4 | |
| B5.1 Number of Suppliers | Number of Suppliers By Region | ||
| Mainland China | Number | 444 | |
| Hong Kong | Number | Nil | |
| B6.2 Number of Products | Number of products and service related | Number | Nil |
| and Service Related | complaints received | ||
| Complaints | |||
| B7.1 Legal Cases | Number of filed and concluded legal | Number | Nil |
| Regarding Corrupt | cases regarding corrupt practices | ||
| Practices | |||
| B8 Community | Total Donation (By Focused | ||
| Contribution Area) | |||
| Health | RMB | 186,300 | |
| Underprivileged Groups | RMB | 16,500 | |
| Endangered Animals Protection | RMB | 4,206 | |
| Total donation | RMB | 207,006 |
2 Percentage of Employees Trained = Number of Employees Trained ÷ 476 (Total number of employees) * 100
3 Percentage of Employees by Category = Number of Employees Trained in the Relevant Category ÷ Total Number of Employees in the Relevant Category * 100
VIII. REFERENCE TO STOCK EXCHANGE ESG REPORTING GUIDE
| Subject Areas, Aspects, General Disclosures and KPIs | Disclosure | Section/Explanation | |
|---|---|---|---|
| A. Environment | |||
| Aspect A1: Emission General Disclosure Information on: (a) the policies; and (b) |
compliance with relevant laws and regulations that have a significant impact | Disclosed | V. Environmental Aspect |
| on the issuer relating to air and greenhouse gas emissions, discharges into | |||
| KPI A1.1 | water and land, and generation of hazardous and non-hazardous waste. Types of emissions and respective emissions data. |
Disclosed | V. Environmental Aspect VII. KPIs Overview |
| KPI A1.2 | Greenhouse gas emissions in total (in tonnes) and, where appropriate, intensity (e.g. per unit of production volume, |
Disclosed | V. Environmental Aspect, VII. KPIs Overview |
| KPI A1.3 | per facility). Total hazardous waste produced (in tonnes) and, where appropriate, intensity (e.g. per unit of production volume, per facility). |
No Applicable | Our operation does not generate a significant amount of hazardous waste, thus this KPI is not applicable to our business. |
| KPI A1.4 | Total non-hazardous waste produced (in tonnes) and where appropriate, intensity (e.g. per unit of production volume, per facility). |
Disclosed | V. Environmental Aspect |
| KPI A1.5 | Description of measures to mitigate emissions and results achieved. |
Disclosed | V. Environmental Aspect |
| KPI A1.6 | Description of how hazardous and non–hazardous waste are handled, reduction initiatives and results achieved |
Disclosed | V. Environmental Aspect |
| Subject Areas, Aspects, General Disclosures and KPIs | Disclosure | Section/Explanation | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Aspect A2: Use of Resources | ||||
| General Disclosure | Disclosed | V. | Environmental Aspect | |
| Policies on efficient use of resources including energy, water and other raw | ||||
| materials. | ||||
| Note: Resources may be used in production, in storage, in transportation, in | ||||
| buildings, electronic equipment, etc. | ||||
| KPI A2.1 | Direct and/or indirect energy consumption by type (e.g. | Disclosed | V. | Environmental Aspect, |
| electricity, gas or oil) in total (kWh in '000s) and intensity | VII. KPIs Overview | |||
| (e.g. per unit of production volume, per facility). | ||||
| KPI A2.2 | Water consumption in total and intensity (e.g. per unit | Disclosed | V. | Environmental Aspect, |
| KPI A2.3 | of production volume, per facility). Description of energy use efficiency initiatives and |
Disclosed | V. | VII. KPIs Overview Environmental Aspect |
| results achieved. | ||||
| KPI A2.4 | Description of whether there is any issue in sourcing | Disclosed | V. | Environmental Aspect |
| water that is fit for purpose, water efficiency initiatives | ||||
| and results achieved. | ||||
| KPI A2.5 | Total packaging material used for finished products (in | Not Applicable | Our operations do not | |
| tonnes) and, if applicable, with reference to per unit | involve the use of packaging | |||
| produced. | materials and therefore this | |||
| KPI is not applicable to our | ||||
| business. | ||||
| Aspect A3: The Environment and Natural Resources | ||||
| General Disclosure | Disclosed | V. | Environmental Aspect | |
| Policies on minimising the issuer's significant impact on the environment and | ||||
| natural resources. | ||||
| KPI A3.1 | Description of the significant impacts of activities on | Disclosed | V. | Environmental Aspect |
| the environment and natural resources and the actions | ||||
| taken to manage them. | ||||
| B. Social | ||||
| Employment and Labour Practices | ||||
| Aspect B1: Employment | ||||
| General Disclosure | Disclosed | VI. | Social Aspect | |
| Information on: | ||||
| (a) | the policies; and | |||
| (b) | compliance with relevant laws and regulations that have a significant impact | |||
| on the issuer relating to compensation and dismissal, recruitment and | ||||
| promotion, working hours, rest periods, equal opportunity, diversity, anti | ||||
| KPI B1.1 | discrimination, and other benefits and welfare. Total workforce by gender, employment type, age group |
Disclosed | VI. | Social Aspect, |
| and geographical region. | VII. KPI Overview | |||
| KPI B1.2 | Employee turnover rate by gender, age group and | Disclosed | VI. | Social Aspect, |
| geographical region. | VII. KPI Overview |
| Subject Areas, Aspects, General Disclosures and KPIs | Disclosure | Section/Explanation | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Aspect B2: Health and Safety | |||||
| General Disclosure | Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect |
|||
| Information on: (a) the policies; and |
|||||
| (b) | compliance with relevant laws and regulations that have a significant | ||||
| impact on the issuer relating to providing a safe working environment and | |||||
| KPI B2.1 | protecting employees from occupational hazards. Number and rate of work-related fatalities. |
Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect, |
||
| VII. KPI Overview | |||||
| KPI B2.2 | Lost days due to work injury. | Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect, |
||
| VII. KPI Overview | |||||
| KPI B2.3 | Description of occupational health and safety measures adopted, how they are implemented and monitored |
Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect |
||
| Aspect B3: Development and Training General Disclosure |
Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect |
|||
| Policies on improving employees' knowledge and skills for discharging duties at | |||||
| work. Description of training activities. | |||||
| KPI B3.1 | The percentage of employees trained by gender and | Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect, |
||
| employee category (e.g. senior management, middle | VII. KPI Overview | ||||
| management, etc.) | |||||
| KPI B3.2 | The average training hours completed per employee by | Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect, |
||
| gender and employee category. | VII. KPI Overview | ||||
| Aspect B4: Labour Standards | |||||
| General Disclosure | Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect |
|||
| Information on: (a) the policies; and |
|||||
| (b) | compliance with relevant laws and regulations that have a significant impact | ||||
| on the issuer relating to preventing child and forced labour. | |||||
| KPI B4.1 | Description of measures to review employment practices to avoid child and forced labour |
Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect |
||
| KPI B4.2 | Description of steps taken to eliminate related practices | Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect |
||
| when discovered. | |||||
| Operating Practices Aspect B5: Supply Chain Management |
|||||
| General Disclosure | Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect |
|||
| Policies on managing environmental and social risks of the supply chain. | |||||
| KPI B5.1 | Number of suppliers by geographical region. | Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect, |
||
| VII. KPI Overview | |||||
| KPI B5.2 | Description of practices relating to engaging suppliers, | Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect |
||
| number of suppliers where the practices are being |
implemented, how they are implemented and monitored.
| Subject Areas, Aspects, General Disclosures and KPIs | Disclosure | Section/Explanation | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Aspect B6: Product Responsibility | |||
| General Disclosure | Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect |
|
| Information on: | |||
| (a) the policies; and |
|||
| (b) | compliance with relevant laws and regulations that have a significant impact on the issuer relating to health and safety, advertising, labelling and privacy |
||
| matters relating to products and services provided and methods of redress. | |||
| KPI B6.1 | Percentage of total products sold or shipped subject to | Not Applicable | This KPI is not applicable to |
| recalls for safety and health reasons | our business. | ||
| KPI B6.2 | Number of products and service related complaints | Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect, |
| received and how they are dealt with. | VII. KPI Overview | ||
| KPI B6.3 | Description of practices relating to observing and | Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect |
| protecting intellectual property rights. | |||
| KPI B6.4 | Description of quality assurance process and recall | Not Applicable | This KPI is not applicable to |
| KPI B6.5 | procedures. Description of consumer data protection and privacy |
Disclosed | our business. VI. Social Aspect |
| policies, how they are implemented and monitored. | |||
| Aspect B7: Anti-corruption | |||
| General Disclosure | Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect |
|
| Information on: | |||
| (a) the policies; and |
|||
| (b) | compliance with relevant laws and regulations that have a significant impact on the issuer relating to bribery, extortion, fraud and money laundering |
||
| KPI B7.1 | Number of concluded legal cases regarding corrupt | Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect, |
| practices brought against the issuer or its employees | VII. KPI Overview | ||
| during the reporting period and the outcomes of the | |||
| cases. | |||
| KPI B7.2 | Description of preventive measures and whistle-blowing | Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect |
| procedures, how they are implemented and monitored. | |||
| Community | |||
| Aspect B8: Community Investment | |||
| General Disclosure | Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect |
|
| Policies on community engagement to understand the needs of the communities | |||
| where the issuer operates and to ensure its activities takes into consideration | |||
| communities' interests. KPI B8.1 |
Focus areas of contribution (e.g. education, environmental | Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect |
| matters, labour demand, health, culture, sports). | |||
| KPI B8.2 | Resources contributed to the focus areas (such as money | Disclosed | VI. Social Aspect |
| or time). |
The Board submits herewith the report of the Board together with the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended 31 December 2020.
Principal activities
The principal activities of the Company during the year under review was investment holding and those of the subsidiaries are set out in note 39 to the consolidated financial statements. There were no significant changes in the nature of the Group's principal activities during the year.
Business review and performance
A review of the business of the Group and a discussion and analysis of the Group's performance during the reporting year and a discussion on the Group's future business development and outlook of the Company's business, possible risks and uncertainties that the Group may be facing and important events affecting the Company occurred during the year ended 31 December 2020 are provided in the section headed "Chairman's Statement" on pages 6 to 8 and the section headed "Management discussion and analysis" on pages 9 to 23 of this annual report. An account of the Company's relationships with its key stakeholders is included in the paragraph headed "Relationships with employees, suppliers and customers" of the report of the board of the directors on page 67 of this annual report.
An analysis of the Group's performance during the year ended 31 December 2020 using financial performance indicators is provided in the section headed "Management discussion and analysis" on pages 9 to 23 of this annual report.
In addition, more details regarding the Group's performance by reference to environmental and social-related key performance indicators and policies, as well as compliance with relevant laws and regulations which have a significant impact on the Company are provided in the paragraph headed "Environmental, social and governance report" on pages 38 to 62 of this annual report.
This discussion forms part of this Report of the board of directors.
The analysis of the principal activities and geographical locations of the operations of the Group are set out in note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.
Results and share capital
The results of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2020 and the financial position of the Group as at that date are set out on pages 78 to 164 of this annual report.
Details of the share capital of the Company and movements thereon during the year are set out in note 32 to the consolidated financial statements.
Dividend
The Directors do not recommend the payment of a dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 (2019: nil).
There is no arrangement that a shareholder of the Company has waived or agreed to waive any dividend.
Annual General Meeting
The forthcoming AGM of the Company will be held on Wednesday, 26 May 2021.
Closure of Register of Members
In order to determine who are eligible to attend and vote at the AGM, the Company's register of members will be closed from Friday, 21 May 2021 to Wednesday, 26 May 2021 (both days inclusive), during which no transfer of shares of the Company will be affected. In order to be qualified to attend and vote at the AGM, all completed transfer documents accompanied by the relevant share certificates must be lodged with the Company's branch share registrar and transfer office in Hong Kong, Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited, at 1712-1716, 17th Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen's Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong for registration not later than 4:30 p.m. on Thursday, 20 May 2021.
Distributable reserves
Distributable reserves of the Company as at 31 December 2020 amounted to HK\$366.03 million (2019: HK\$373.25 million).
Pre-emptive rights
There is no provision for pre-emptive rights under the articles of associations of the Company (the "Articles") or the companies law (revised) of the Cayman Islands.
Five year summary
A summary of the results and of the assets and liabilities of the Group for the last five financial years is set out on page 166 of this annual report.
Purchase, sale, or redemption of the listed securities
During the year ended 31 December 2020, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries purchased, sold or redeemed any of the Company's listed securities.
Directors
The Directors who held office during the financial year and as at the date of this report were:
Co-chairman and non-executive Director:
Mr. Yan Zhi
Co-chairman and executive Director:
Mr. Peng Chi
Executive Director:
Mr. Xie Bingmu Mr. Zhang Jiwei
Non-executive Director:
Mr. Xia Yu
Independent non-executive Directors:
Mr. Lee Kang Bor, Thomas Dr. Mao Zhenhua Mr. Wong Wai Keung, Frederick
According to article 16.18 of the Company's Articles, at every AGM of the Company one-third of the Directors shall retire from office by rotation provided that every Director shall be subject to retirement by rotation at least once every three years. Accordingly, Mr. Yan Zhi, Dr. Mao Zhenhua and Mr. Wong Wai Keung, Frederick will retire, and being eligible, will offer themselves for re-election at the Company's forthcoming AGM.
Directors and senior management's biographies
Biographical details of the Directors and senior management of the Group are set out on pages 24 to 27 of this annual report.
Directors' service contracts
Each of the executive Directors, namely Mr. Peng Chi, Mr. Xie Bingmu and Mr. Zhang Jiwei, has entered into a service agreement with the Company for a term of three years commencing from 10 September 2019, 7 March 2020 and 27 October 2019 respectively. Each of the non-executive Directors, namely Mr. Yan Zhi and Mr. Xia Yu, has entered into a service agreement with the Company for a term of three years commencing from 20 November 2020 and 31 December 2019 respectively. Each of the independent non-executive Directors, namely Mr. Lee Kang Bor, Thomas, Dr. Mao Zhenhua and Mr. Wong Wai Keung, Frederick has entered into an appointment letter with the Company for a term of three years commencing from 25 May 2018. Their appointments will be subject to normal retirement and re-election at the annual general meeting by the Shareholders pursuant to the Articles.
Apart from the foregoing, no Director standing for re-election at the forthcoming AGM has a service contract with the Company or any of its subsidiaries which is not determinable within one year without payment other than statutory compensations.
Directors' interest in contracts
Save as disclosed in this annual report, no other transaction, arrangement or contract of significance in relation to the Group's business to which the Company, its holding company or any of its subsidiaries was a party and in which a Director had a material interest, whether directly or indirectly, subsisted at the end of the year or at any time during the year ended 31 December 2020.
Directors', chief executives' interests in shares and short positions in the shares of the Company (The "Share(s)")
As at 31 December 2020, the interests or short positions of the Directors and chief executives of the Company in the Shares, underlying shares or debentures of the Company or any of its associated corporations (within the meaning of Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Chapter 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) ("SFO")), which were required to be notified to the Company and the Stock Exchange pursuant to Divisions 7 and 8 of Part XV of the SFO (including interests and short positions which they are taken or deemed to have under such provisions of the SFO); or were required pursuant to section 352 of the SFO to be entered in the register referred to therein; or were required pursuant to the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of the Listed Issuer (the "Model Code") as set out in Appendix 10 to the Listing Rules to be notified to the Company and the Stock Exchange were as follows:
Long and short positions in Shares
| As at 31 December 2020 | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Approximate percentage of total number of |
||||
| Name of Director | Capacity | Number of Shares (Note 1) |
Shares in issue | |
| Yan Zhi | Interest through controlled corporations (Note 2) |
1,290,451,130(L) | 74.81% |
Notes:
-
The 882,440,621 (L) Shares were held by China Tongshang Investment Group Limited, a company indirectly wholly-owned by Mr. Yan Zhi and 408,010,509(L) Shares were held by Zall Holdings Company Limited, which is directly wholly-owned by Mr. Yan Zhi.
-
Based on 1,725,066,689 shares of the Company in issue as at 31 December 2020.
Save as disclosed above, as at 31 December 2020, none of the Directors had any interest or short position in the Shares, underlying shares and debentures of the Company and/or any of its associated corporations (within the meaning of Part XV of the SFO) which were required to be notified to the Company and the Stock Exchange pursuant to Divisions 7 and 8 of Part XV of the SFO (including interests and short positions which they were taken or deemed to have under such provisions of the SFO) or were required, pursuant to Section 352 of the SFO, to be entered in the register of the Company referred to therein or were required, pursuant to Part XV of the SFO, to be notified to the Company and the Stock Exchange.
Substantial shareholders and other persons
So far as was known to the Directors, as at 31 December 2020, the persons (not being Directors or chief executives of the Company) whose interests in Shares which were notified to the Company and the Stock Exchange pursuant to the provisions of Divisions 2 and 3 of Part XV of the SFO as recorded in the register to be kept under section 336 of the SFO, or who were interested in 5% or more of the nominal value of any class of share capital carrying rights to vote in all circumstances at general meeting of any member of the Group were as follows:
1. (L) represents a long position.
Long and short positions in Shares
Substantial shareholders
| As at 31 December 2020 | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Approximate | |||
| percentage of | |||
| total number of | |||
| Name of shareholder | Capacity | Number of Shares | Shares in issue |
| (Note 1) | (Note 3) | ||
| Zall Holdings Company Limited (Note 2) |
Interest of controlled corporation | 882,440,621(L) | 51.15% |
| Beneficial owner | 408,010,509(L) | 23.66% | |
| China Tongshang Investment (Note 2) | Beneficial owner | 882,440,621(L) | 51.15% |
Notes:
-
(L) represents long position.
-
China Tongshang Investment is wholly-owned by Zall Holdings Company Limited, which in turn is wholly-owned by Mr. Yan Zhi.
-
Based on 1,725,066,689 shares of the Company in issue as at 31 December 2020.
Major customers and suppliers
During the year under review, services provided to the Group's five largest customers accounted for 59.0% of total revenue of the Group with services provided to the largest customer included therein accounted for 21.9% of total revenue of the Group. Purchases from the Group's five largest suppliers accounted for 64.4% of the total purchases of the Group for the year and purchases from the largest supplier included therein accounted for 21.3% of total purchases of the Group for the year.
During the year ended 31 December 2020, none of the Directors of the Company or any of their associates or any Shareholders (which, to the best knowledge of the Directors, own more than 5% of the Company's issued share capital) had any interest in the Group's five largest customers and suppliers.
Relationships with employees, suppliers and customers
The Group understands that employees are valuable assets. The Group provides competitive remuneration package to attract and motivate the employees. The Group regularly reviews the remuneration package of employees and makes necessary adjustments to conform to the market standard.
The Group's business is built on a customer-oriented culture, and are focused on establishing relationships with blue-chip companies globally. The Group also understands that it is important to maintain good relationship with its suppliers and customers to fulfil its immediate and long-term goals. To maintain its market competitiveness within the industry, the Group aims at delivering constantly high standards of quality in the service to its customers. During the year under review, there was no material and significant dispute between the Group and its suppliers and/or customers.
The Group allows a credit period of 0 days to 90 days to customers. In extending credit terms to customers, the Group will carefully access creditworthiness and financial standing of each individual customer. Management will also closely monitor all outstanding debts and review their collectability periodically. Details of customers with transactions exceeding 10% of the Group's revenue are set out in note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.
Sufficiency of public float
Based on information available to the Company and within the knowledge of its Directors, the Company has maintained sufficient public float as required under Rule 8.08 of the Listing Rules throughout the year ended 31 December 2020.
Confirmation of independence by independent non-executive Directors
The Company confirms that it has received from each of the independent non-executive Directors an annual confirmation of his independence pursuant to Rule 3.13 of the Listing Rules. Mr. Lee Kang Bor, Thomas has served as independent nonexecutive Director for more than nine years since September 2005. Mr. Lee has not engaged in any executive management role of the Group. During his years of services, Mr. Lee has contributed by providing independent viewpoints, enquires and advices to the Company in relation to its businesses, operations, future development and strategy. The Board considers that Mr. Lee has the character, integrity, ability and experience to continue to fulfill his role as required effectively. There is no evidence that his over nine years of services with the Company would have any impact on his independence. The Board believes that Mr. Lee's continued tenure brings considerable stability to the Board and the Board has benefited greatly from the presence of Mr. Lee who has over time gained valuable insight into the Group. Based on the above, the Board considers the independent non-executive Directors to be independent.
Director's Interests in Competing Business
None of the Directors is or was interested in any business apart from the Group's business, that competes or competed or is or was likely to compete, either directly or indirectly, with the Group's business at any time during the year ended 31 December 2020 and up to the date of this annual report.
Emolument policy
The emolument policy for the employees of the Group is set up by the Remuneration Committee on the basis of their merit, qualifications and competence. The emoluments of the Directors are determined by the Remuneration Committee, having regard to the Group's operating results, individual performance and comparable market statistics.
Property, plant and equipment
Details of movements in property, plant and equipment during the year are set out in note 16 to the consolidated financial statements.
Retirement Schemes
The Group operates a defined contribution Mandatory Provident Fund Scheme for employees in Hong Kong. The Group's employees in the PRC, participate in a defined contribution central pension scheme operated by the local municipal government. Particulars of these schemes are set out in notes 8 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements.
Management contracts
No contracts concerning the management and administration of the whole or any substantial part of the business of the Company were entered into or existed during the year ended 31 December 2020.
Connected transactions
During the year ended 31 December 2020, the Group conducted the following connected transactions or continuing connected transactions under the Listing Rules.
(i) Connected transactions
(a) Mr. Yan Zhi, a controlling shareholder, Co-Chairman and non-executive Director and his wholly owned subsidiary, Zall Development Investment Company Limited, is the lender of several loans to the Group, the loans of which are unsecured, interest-free and repayable on demand. The total outstanding amount under the aforesaid loans as at 31 December 2020 was HK\$56,131,000.
As the aforesaid connected transaction was conducted on normal commercial terms or better and it was not secured by the assets of the Group, it is fully exempt from Shareholders' approval, annual review and all disclosure requirements pursuant to Rule 14A.90 of the Listing Rules.
(b) On 17 October 2019, Zhongji Tongshang Construction, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Group, entered into two construction contracts with Hubei Dabeishan Cultural Tourism Development Company Limited*(湖北大別山 文化旅遊開發有限公司) ("Hubei Dabeishan"), a limited liability company established in the PRC and is indirectly wholly-owned by Mr. Yan Zhi and his associate of contract sum of RMB50,327,100 (equivalent to approximately HK\$55,359,810) and Zall Development (Xiaogan) Limited*(卓爾發展(孝感)有限公司) ("Zall (Xiaogan)"), a limited liability company established in the PRC and is indirectly wholly-owned by Mr. Yan Zhi of contract sum of RMB189,672,400 (equivalent to approximately HK\$208,639,640) (the "Construction Contracts"), respectively, for acting as a main contractor for the provision of construction services. The construction service income from the aforesaid contracts for the year ended 31 December 2020 was HK\$25,071,000 (2019: HK\$126,470,000).
As Mr. Yan Zhi is the controlling shareholder, Co-Chairman of the Board and a non-executive Director of the Company, Hubei Dabeishan and Zall (Xiaogan) are therefore connected persons of the Company. Pursuant to Rule 14A.81 of the Listing Rules, the Construction Contracts will be aggregated as the transactions contemplated under each of the Construction Contracts are of the same nature and entered into with companies controlled by Mr. Yan Zhi. As one or more of the applicable percentage ratios (other than the profits ratio) in respect of the aggregated contract sum for the Construction Contracts exceeded 5%, the entering into of the Construction Contracts and the transactions contemplated thereunder were subject to the reporting, announcement and independent Shareholders' approval requirements under the Listing Rules.
Please refer to the Company's circular dated 18 November 2019 for further details of the above. The Directors (including the independent non-executive Directors) are of the view that the above transactions were conducted on normal commercial terms, in accordance with the relevant agreements governing the transactions on terms that are fair and reasonable and in the interests of the Company and Shareholders as a whole and were in the ordinary and usual course of the Group's business.
(ii) Continuing connected transactions
On 1 June 2019, the Group entered into a sub-license agreement with Zall Smart Commerce Group Ltd. controlled by Mr. Yan Zhi, in relation to the office premises situated at Suite 2101, 21st floor of Two Exchange Square, Central, Hong Kong for the period from 1 June 2019 to 31 May 2022 at a monthly sub-license fee of HK\$52,301. The total amount of the sub-license fee for the year ended 31 December 2020 was HK\$628,000 (2019: HK\$628,000).
The aforesaid continuing connected transactions had been reviewed by the independent non-executive Directors. The independent non-executive Directors confirmed that the aforesaid continuing connected transactions were entered into (a) in the ordinary and usual course of business of the Group; (b) either on normal commercial terms or on terms no less favourable to the Group than terms available to or from independent third parties; (c) in accordance with the relevant agreements governing them on terms that are fair and reasonable and in the interests of the Shareholders as a whole.
As all relevant ratios in respect of the annual consideration payable by the Group in respect of the aforesaid continuing connected transactions were less than 5%, and the total consideration was less than HK\$3,000,000, it was a de minimis transaction and was fully exempt from Shareholders' approval, annual review and all disclosure requirements pursuant to Rule 14A.76(1)(c) of the Listing Rules.
Other than disclosed above, no other contract of significance to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries and a controlling shareholder or any of its subsidiaries was a party and in which a Director had material interest, whether directly or indirectly, subsisted at the end of the year or at any time during the year under review.
Save as the aforementioned connected transactions and continuing connected transactions, no other related party transaction disclosed in note 38 to the financial statements constitutes a connected transaction or continuing connected transaction that should be disclosed pursuant to Rules 14A.49 and 14A.71 of the Listing Rules. The Company has complied with the disclosure requirements in Chapter 14A of the Listing Rules.
Share Option Scheme
The Company approved and adopted a share option scheme (the "Share Option Scheme") on 25 May 2018. The Share Option Scheme is subject to the requirements under Chapter 17 of the Listing Rules.
Details of the Share Option Scheme
(1) Purpose
The Share Option Scheme is a share incentive scheme prepared in accordance with Chapter 17 of the Listing Rules and is established to recognise and acknowledge the contributions that any full-time employees, executives, officers and directors (including executive and non-executive directors) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and any advisors, consultants, suppliers, agents, business affiliates and such other persons who, in the sole opinion of the Board, will contribute or have contributed to the Group (the "Eligible Participants") had made, may have made or will make to the Group. The Share Option Scheme will provide the Eligible Participants an opportunity to have a personal stake in the Company with the view to achieving the following objectives: (i) motivate the Eligible Participants to optimise their performance efficiency for the benefit of the Group; and (ii) attract and retain or otherwise maintain an on-going business relationship with the Eligible Participants whose contributions are or will be beneficial to the long-term growth of the Group.
(2) Participants
The Board may, at its discretion, offer to grant an option to the Eligible Participants to subscribe for such number of new Shares as the Board may determine at a subscription price determined in accordance with the Share Option Scheme.
(3) The maximum number of Shares available for issue
The maximum number of Shares in respect of which options may be granted under the Share Option Scheme shall not in aggregate exceed 10% of the aggregate of the Shares in issue on the day on which trading of the Shares commences on the Stock Exchange, and such 10% limit represents 172,506,668 Shares. 172,506,668 Shares represents approximately 9.99% of the total Shares in issue as at the date of this annual report.
(4) The maximum entitlement of each participant
The total number of Shares issued and to be issued upon exercise of the options granted and to be granted under the Share Option Scheme and any other share option scheme of the Group (including both exercised and outstanding options) to each participant in any 12-month period shall not exceed 1% of the issued share capital of the Company for the time being.
(5) Time of acceptance and exercise of option
An option shall be deemed to have been granted and accepted by the grantee and to have taken effect when the duplicate offer document constituting acceptances of the options duly signed by the grantee, together with a remittance in favour of the Company of HK\$1.00 by way of consideration for the grant thereof, is received by the Company on or before the relevant acceptance date. An option may be exercised in accordance with the terms of the Share Option Scheme at any time after the date upon which the option is deemed to be granted and accepted and prior to the expiry of 10 years from that date. Subject to earlier termination by the Company in general meeting or by the Board, the Share Option Scheme shall be valid and effective for a period of 10 years from the date of its adoption. Unless otherwise determined by the Directors and stated in the offer of the grant of options to a grantee, there is no minimum period required under the Share Option Scheme for the holding of an option before it can be exercised.
(6) Subscription price for Shares and consideration for the option
The subscription price per Share under the Share Option Scheme will be a price determined by the Board in its absolute discretion, save that such price must be at least the higher of (i) the official closing price of the Shares as stated in the Stock Exchange's daily quotation sheets on the date of grant, which must be a day on which the Stock Exchange is open for the business of dealing in securities; (ii) the average of the official closing prices of the Shares as stated in the Stock Exchange's daily quotation sheets for the five business days immediately preceding the date of grant; and (iii) the nominal value of a Share.
A nominal consideration of HK\$1.00 is payable upon acceptance of the grant of an option.
(7) The remaining life of the Share Option Scheme
The Share Option Scheme will remain in force for a period of 10 years commencing on the date on which the Share Option Scheme is adopted, i.e. 25 May 2018.
For further details of the Share Option Scheme, please refer to the Company's announcement dated 9 April 2018 and the circular dated 24 April 2018.
(8) Details of the share option granted
During the year ended 31 December 2020, there were no share options granted under the Share Option Scheme.
Remuneration of Directors and the highest paid employees
Details of the remuneration of Directors and the highest paid employees of the Group are respectively set out in notes 9 and 10 to the consolidated financial statements.
Bank and other borrowings
Particulars of bank and other borrowings of the Group as at 31 December 2020 are set out in notes 28 and 29 to the consolidated financial statements.
Code of conduct regarding securities transactions by Directors
The Company has adopted the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers as set out in Appendix 10 of the Listing Rules and devised its own code of conduct for dealing in securities of the Company by the Directors on terms no less exacting than the Model Code. Specific enquiry has been made to all Directors, who have confirmed that, during the year ended 31 December 2020, each of them was in compliance with the required standards set out in the Model Code and the Company's code of conduct.
Permitted indemnity provision
At no time during the year under review and up to date of this report, there was or is any permitted indemnity provision being in force for the benefit of any Directors (whether made by Company or otherwise) or of its associated company (made by the Company).
Relief of taxation
The Company is not aware of any relief from taxation available to the Shareholders by reason of their holding of the Shares. Shareholders are recommended to consult their professional advisers if they are in any doubt as to the taxation implications (including tax relief) of subscribing for, purchasing, holding, disposing of or dealing in the Shares.
Donations
Charitable and other donations made by the Group during the year ended 31 December 2020 amounted to HK\$232,000 (2019: HK\$25,000).
Auditor
The Company's auditor, Grant Thornton Hong Kong Limited, will retire and, being eligible, will offer themselves for reappointment at the Company's forthcoming AGM.
On behalf of the Board
Yan Zhi Co-Chairman 30 March 2021
72

To the members of China Infrastructure & Logistics Group Ltd. (incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability)
Opinion
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of China Infrastructure & Logistics Group Ltd. (the "Company") and its subsidiaries (the "Group") set out on pages 78 to 164, which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2020, and the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes in equity and the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 31 December 2020, and of its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRSs") issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and have been properly prepared in compliance with the disclosure requirements of the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance.
Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing ("ISAs"). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants' Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (the "IESBA Code"), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the IESBA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Key Audit Matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
Key Audit Matters How the matter was addressed in our audit
Valuation of investment properties
Refer to note 15 to the consolidated financial statements.
Management has estimated the fair values of the Group's investment properties to be HK\$768,298,000 as at 31 December 2020 with a fair value gain of HK\$44,740,000 reocognised in the profit or loss. Independent external valuations were obtained in order to support management's estimates.
We determined this area to be a key audit matter as the valuations are dependent on certain key assumptions that require significant management judgment including valuation technique, capitalisation rates, cost of construction, fair market rents and allowance for developer's profit.
Our procedures in relation to the valuation of investment properties included:
- Evaluated the independent exter nal valuer's independence, competence, capabilities and objectivity;
- A s s e s s e d t h e m e t h o d o l o g i e s u s e d a n d t h e appropriateness and reasonableness of the key assumptions; and
- Checked, on a sample basis, the accuracy and relevance of the key input data used.
74
Key Audit Matters (Continued)
Key Audit Matters How the matter was addressed in our audit
Going concern
Refer to note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
The Group has net current liabilities of HK\$384,151,000 as at 31 December 2020. This indicated a condition that may cast significant doubt on the Group's ability to continue as a going concern. In preparation of the Group's consolidated financial statements, management had made an assessment on its working capital sufficiency and, with the support of a cash flow forecast for the twelve months ending 31 December 2021, has concluded that the Group will have sufficient financial resources to support its current operations and to meet its financial obligations as and when they fall due for at least in the next twelve months from the end of the reporting period. Accordingly, the Group continued to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the consolidated financial statements.
We determined this area to be a key audit matter as the going concern assessment was based on cash flow forecast that required management's significant judgment and assumptions about inherently uncertain future outcomes of events and conditions.
Our procedures in relation to the going concern assessment included:
- Assessed the appropriateness of the key assumptions used in the cash flow forecast, including the revenue growth, gross profit margin and planned capital expenditures by reference to the historical performance of the Group and future development plan, and checked the accuracy of the arithmetical calculation of the cash flow forecast;
- Reconciled input data to supporting evidence, such as loan repayment schedules and agreements;
- Confirmed the cash resources and available facilities from the financial institutions and the controlling shareholder as at the year end by circularisation of confirmations; and
- Evaluated the sensitivity analysis performed on key assumptions, such as changes in revenue and gross profit margin.
Other Information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises all the information included in the 2020 annual report of the Company, but does not include the consolidated financial statements and our auditor's report thereon.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
Responsibilities of the Directors for the Consolidated Financial Statements
The directors are responsible for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with IFRSs and the disclosure requirements of the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
The directors assisted by the Audit Committee are responsible for overseeing the Group's financial reporting process.
Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor's report that includes our opinion. We report our opinion solely to you, as a body, in accordance with our agreed terms of engagement, and for no other purpose. We do not assume responsibility towards or accept liability to any other person for the contents of this report.
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.
As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:
- Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.
- Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group's internal control.
- Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the directors.
76
Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
- Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors' use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group's ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor's report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor's report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.
- Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.
- Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.
We communicate with the Audit Committee regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.
We also provide the Audit Committee with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied.
From the matters communicated with the Audit Committee, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor's report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.
Grant Thornton Hong Kong Limited Certified Public Accountants Level 12 28 Hennessy Road Wanchai
30 March 2021
Hong Kong
Lam Yau Hing Practising Certificate No.: P06622
Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 December 2020
| 2020 | 2019 | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| Notes | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Revenue | 5 | 443,550 | 352,021 |
| Cost of services rendered and goods sold | (353,122) | (247,457) | |
| Gross profit Other income |
7 | 90,428 26,239 |
104,564 18,104 |
| Change in fair value of investment properties | 15 | 44,740 | 31,732 |
| General and administrative expenses | (57,711) | (51,473) | |
| Other operating expenses | (32,188) | (28,214) | |
| Finance costs — net | 11 | (35,039) | (19,554) |
| Share of profit of an associate | 20 | 333 | 233 |
| Profit before income tax | 8 | 36,802 | 55,392 |
| Income tax expense | 12 | (14,390) | (17,900) |
| Profit for the year | 22,412 | 37,492 | |
| Other comprehensive income | |||
| Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: | |||
| Change in fair value arising from reclassification from owner occupied properties to investment properties |
15 | — | 73,425 |
| Deferred taxation arising from revaluation surplus upon reclassification | |||
| from owner occupied properties to investment properties | 31 | — | (18,356) |
| Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: Exchange gain/(loss) on translation of financial statements of |
|||
| foreign operations | 57,567 | (23,121) | |
| Other comprehensive income for the year | 57,567 | 31,948 | |
| Total comprehensive income for the year | 79,979 | 69,440 | |
| Profit/(Loss) for the year attributable to: | |||
| Owners of the Company | 25,860 | 34,530 | |
| Non-controlling interests | (3,448) | 2,962 | |
| 22,412 | 37,492 | ||
| Total comprehensive income attributable to: | |||
| Owners of the Company | 74,454 | 61,966 | |
| Non-controlling interests | 5,525 | 7,474 | |
| 79,979 | 69,440 | ||
| Earnings per share attributable to owners of the Company | 13 | ||
| — Basic and diluted | HK1.50 cents | HK2.00 cents |
The notes on pages 85 to 164 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
China Infrastructure & Logistics Group Ltd. ANNUAL REPORT 2020
Consolidated statement of financial position
At 31 December 2020
| 2020 | 2019 | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| Notes | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| ASSETS AND LIABILITIES | |||
| Non-current assets | |||
| Investment properties | 15 | 768,298 | 676,878 |
| Property, plant and equipment | 16 | 590,827 | 545,662 |
| Construction in progress | 17 | 197,317 | 196,553 |
| Land use rights | 18 | 19,328 | 18,680 |
| Intangible assets | 19 | 16,236 | 16,614 |
| Restricted deposits | 26 | 11,682 | 10,989 |
| Interest in an associate | 20 | 10,088 | 9,982 |
| Goodwill | 19 | 1,054 | 991 |
| Deferred tax assets | 31 | 4,920 | 2,484 |
| 1,619,750 | 1,478,833 | ||
| Current assets | |||
| Inventories | 21 | 6,258 | 5,731 |
| Trade and other receivables | 22 | 137,541 | 95,831 |
| Contract assets | 23 | 27,454 | 127,664 |
| Amount due from an associate | 24 | 180 | 1,402 |
| Amount due from a related company Government subsidy receivables |
38 25 |
56 40,807 |
54 26,628 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 26 | 38,180 | 93,327 |
| 250,476 | 350,637 | ||
| Current liabilities Trade and other payables |
27 | 291,080 | 314,445 |
| Amount due to a non-controlling interest | 37 | 59,410 | 53,357 |
| Amount due to a related company | 38 | 136 | 106 |
| Amount due to the controlling shareholder | 38 | 56,131 | 56,131 |
| Amount due to ultimate holding company | 38 | 1,279 | 1,300 |
| Bank borrowings | 28 | 120,915 | 83,772 |
| Other borrowings | 29 | 76,447 | 62,084 |
| Lease liabilities | 30 | 1,206 | 1,288 |
| Income tax payable | 28,023 | 27,242 | |
| 634,627 | 599,725 | ||
| Net current liabilities | (384,151) | (249,088) | |
| Total assets less current liabilities | 1,235,599 | 1,229,745 | |
Consolidated statement of financial position
At 31 December 2020
| 2020 | 2019 | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| Notes | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Non-current liabilities | |||
| Other payables | 27 | 3,588 | 3,533 |
| Bank borrowings | 28 | 116,820 | 172,605 |
| Other borrowings | 29 | 97,112 | 130,604 |
| Lease liabilities | 30 | 662 | 2,157 |
| Deferred tax liabilities | 31 | 95,112 | 78,520 |
| 313,294 | 387,419 | ||
| Net assets | 922,305 | 842,326 | |
| EQUITY | |||
| Share capital | 32 | 172,507 | 172,507 |
| Reserves | 34 | 595,020 | 520,566 |
| Equity attributable to owners of the Company | 767,527 | 693,073 | |
| Non-controlling interests | 154,778 | 149,253 | |
| Total equity | 922,305 | 842,326 |
Approved and authorised for issue by the board of directors on 30 March 2021.
Yan Zhi Xie Bingmu Director Director
The notes on pages 85 to 164 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Consolidated statement of cash flows
For the year ended 31 December 2020
| 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|
| Note HK\$'000 |
HK\$'000 | |
| Cash flows from operating activities | ||
| Profit before income tax | 36,802 | 55,392 |
| Adjustments for: | ||
| Change in fair value of investment properties | (44,740) | (31,732) |
| Depreciation of property, plant and equipment | 29,254 | 27,869 |
| Depreciation of right-of-use assets | 1,422 | 522 |
| Amortisation of intangible assets | 1,354 | 1,366 |
| Amortisation of prepaid lease payment for | ||
| land use rights | 505 526 |
|
| ECL allowances on trade and bills receivables and | ||
| government subsidy receivables | 13,447 | 6,079 |
| Finance costs — net | 35,039 | 19,554 |
| Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment | 41 447 |
|
| Gain on lease modification | (524) | — |
| Share of profit of an associate | (333) | (233) |
| Operating profit before working capital changes | 72,267 | 79,790 |
| Increase in inventories | (157) | (730) |
| (Increase)/Decrease in trade and other receivables | (38,987) | 26,334 |
| Decrease/(Increase) in contract assets | 102,756 | (129,964) |
| Increase in amounts due (to)/from related companies | — 120 |
|
| Decrease/(Increase) in amount due from an associate | 1,243 | (797) |
| (Increase)/Decrease in government subsidy receivables | (18,919) | 7,365 |
| (Decrease)/Increase in trade and other payables | (71,788) | 107,626 |
| Cash generated from operations | 46,415 | 89,744 |
| Interest paid | (31,121) | (29,247) |
| Income tax paid | (6,659) | (10,630) |
| Net cash from operating activities | 8,635 | 49,867 |
| Cash flows from investing activities | ||
| Purchase of property, plant and equipment | (1,098) | (9,002) |
| Addition for investment properties | (1,516) | (24,323) |
| Payment for construction in progress | (1,018) | (19,563) |
| Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment | — 42 |
|
| Dividend received from an associate | 227 — |
|
| Decrease in restricted deposits | — 1,921 |
|
| Interest received | 79 41 |
|
| Net cash used in investing activities | (3,326) | (50,884) |
Consolidated statement of cash flows
For the year ended 31 December 2020
| 2020 | 2019 | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| Note | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Cash flows from financing activities | |||
| Proceeds from the controlling shareholder | — | 4,120 | |
| Payment of lease liabilities | (1,027) | (560) | |
| Proceeds from bank borrowings | 55,966 | 119,780 | |
| Repayment of bank borrowings | (89,006) | (130,432) | |
| Proceeds from other borrowings | 6,000 | 198,427 | |
| Repayment of other borrowings | (35,146) | (110,349) | |
| Net cash (used in)/from financing activities | (63,213) | 80,986 | |
| Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents | (57,904) | 79,969 | |
| Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year | 93,327 | 15,167 | |
| Effect for foreign exchange rate changes | 2,757 | (1,809) | |
| Cash and cash equivalents at end of year | 26 | 38,180 | 93,327 |
The notes on pages 85 to 164 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
82
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 December 2020
| Attributable to owners of the Company | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Foreign | Non | |||||||||
| Share | Share | Merger | Other | exchange | Fair value | Retained | controlling | Total | ||
| capital | premium | reserve | reserve | reserve | reserve | profits | Total | interests | equity | |
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| (note 32) | (note 34) | (note 34) | (note 34) | (note 34) | (note 34) | |||||
| Balance at 1 January 2019 | 172,507 | 597,322 | (530,414) | 116,250 | (17,248) | — | 292,690 | 631,107 | 141,779 | 772,886 |
| Total comprehensive income | ||||||||||
| for the year | ||||||||||
| Profit for the year | — | — | — | — | — | — | 34,530 | 34,530 | 2,962 | 37,492 |
| Other comprehensive income | ||||||||||
| for the year | ||||||||||
| — Change in fair value arising | ||||||||||
| from reclassification from | ||||||||||
| owner occupied properties | ||||||||||
| to investment properties | — | — | — | — | — | 62,411 | — | 62,411 | 11,014 | 73,425 |
| — Deferred taxation arising | ||||||||||
| from revaluation surplus | ||||||||||
| upon reclassification from | ||||||||||
| owner occupied properties | ||||||||||
| to investment properties | — | — | — | — | — | (15,603) | — | (15,603) | (2,753) | (18,356) |
| — Exchange loss on translation | ||||||||||
| of financial statements of | ||||||||||
| foreign operations | — | — | — | — | (19,372) | — | — | (19,372) | (3,749) | (23,121) |
| — | — | — | — | (19,372) | 46,808 | 34,530 | 61,966 | 7,474 | 69,440 | |
| Balance at 31 December 2019 | 172,507 | 597,322 | (530,414) | 116,250 | (36,620) | 46,808 | 327,220 | 693,073 | 149,253 | 842,326 |
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 December 2020
| Attributable to owners of the Company | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Foreign | Non- | |||||||||
| Share | Share | Merger | Other | exchange | Fair value | Retained | controlling | Total | ||
| capital | premium | reserve | reserve | reserve | reserve | profits | Total | interests | equity | |
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| (note 32) | (note 34) | (note 34) | (note 34) | (note 34) | (note 34) | |||||
| China Infrastructure & Logistics Group Ltd. | ||||||||||
| Balance at 1 January 2020 | 172,507 | 597,322 | (530,414) | 116,250 | (36,620) | 46,808 | 327,220 | 693,073 | 149,253 | 842,326 |
| Total comprehensive income | ||||||||||
| for the year ANNUAL REPORT 2020 |
||||||||||
| Profit/(Loss) for the year | — | — | — | — | — | — | 25,860 | 25,860 | (3,448) | 22,412 |
| Other comprehensive income for | ||||||||||
| the year | ||||||||||
| — Exchange gain on translation | ||||||||||
| of financial statements of | ||||||||||
| foreign operations | — | — | — | — | 48,594 | — | — | 48,594 | 8,973 | 57,567 |
| — | — | — | — | 48,594 | — | 25,860 | 74,454 | 5,525 | 79,979 | |
| Balance at 31 December 2020 | 172,507 | 597,322 | (530,414) | 116,250 | 11,974 | 46,808 | 353,080 | 767,527 | 154,778 | 922,305 |
The notes on pages 85 to 164 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
1. GENERAL INFORMATION
China Infrastructure & Logistics Group Ltd. (the "Company") is a limited liability company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. The Company's registered office is located at P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. The principal place of business of the Company is Suite 2101, 21/F., Two Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central, Hong Kong.
The Company's immediate holding company is China Tongshang Investment Group Limited ("China Tongshang Investment"), a limited liability company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. The directors of the Company consider the ultimate holding company to be Zall Holdings Company Limited ("Zall Holdings"), a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands and is wholly owned and controlled by Mr. Yan Zhi ("Mr. Yan").
The Company is an investment holding company. Details of the principal activities of its subsidiaries are as set out in note 39 to the consolidated financial statements. The Company and its subsidiaries' (together, the "Group") operations are based in Hong Kong and the People's Republic of China (the "PRC").
The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2020 were approved for issue by the board of directors on 30 March 2021.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
2.1 Basis of preparation
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRSs") issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB"). The consolidated financial statements also comply with the applicable disclosure requirements of the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance and the applicable disclosure requirements of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the "Listing Rules").
The significant accounting policies that have been used in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are summarised below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented unless otherwise stated. The adoption of new and amended IFRSs and the impacts on the Group's financial statements, if any, are disclosed in note 3.
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for investment properties which are stated at fair values. The measurement bases are fully described in the accounting policies below.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors of the Company have given consideration to the future liquidity of the Group in light of its net current liabilities of HK\$384,151,000 as at 31 December 2020. This indicates a condition which may cast significant doubt about the Group's ability to continue as a going concern.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.1 Basis of preparation (Continued)
The directors of the Company had made an assessment and concluded that the Group is able to continue as a going concern and will have sufficient financial resources to support its current operations and to meet its financial obligations as and when they fall due for at least the next twelve months from the end of the reporting period, having regard to the following:
- i. after assessing the Group's current and forecasted cash positions, the Group expects to generate sufficient cash flows for the next twelve months from the end of the reporting period; and
- ii. the Group has obtained confirmation from its controlling shareholder, Mr. Yan, that he will continue to provide financial support to the Group as and when needed for the next twelve months from the end of the reporting period.
Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.
Should the Group be unable to continue in business as a going concern, adjustments would have to be made to write down the value of assets to their estimated recoverable amounts, to reclassify non-current assets and liabilities as current assets and liabilities respectively, and to provide for any further liabilities which may arise. The effects of these adjustments have not been reflected in the consolidated financial statements.
It should be noted that accounting estimates and assumptions are used in preparation of the consolidated financial statements. Although these estimates are based on management's best knowledge and judgment of current events and actions, actual results may ultimately differ from those estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements are disclosed in note 4.
2.2 Subsidiaries
(a) Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries made up to 31 December each year.
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. When assessing whether the Group has power over the entity, only substantive rights relating to the entity (held by the Group and other parties) are considered.
The Group includes the income and expenses of a subsidiary in the consolidated financial statements from the date it gains control until the date when the Group ceases to control the subsidiary. Intra-group transactions, balances and unrealised gains and losses on transactions between group companies are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Amounts reported in the financial statements of subsidiaries have been adjusted where necessary to ensure consistency with the accounting policies adopted by the Group.
86
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.2 Subsidiaries (Continued)
(a) Consolidation (Continued)
Non-controlling interests represent the equity in a subsidiary not attributable directly or indirectly to the Company, and in respect of which the Group has not agreed any additional terms with the holders of those interests which would result in the Group as a whole having a contractual obligation in respect of those interests that meets the definition of a financial liability.
Non-controlling interests are presented in the consolidated statement of financial position within equity, separately from the equity attributable to the owners of the Company. Non-controlling interests in the results of the Group are presented on the face of the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income as an allocation of the total profit or loss and total comprehensive income for the year between non-controlling interests and owners of the Company.
Changes in the Group's interests in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions, whereby adjustments are made to the amounts of controlling interests within consolidated equity to reflect the change in relative interests, but no adjustments are made to goodwill and no gain or loss is recognised.
When the Group loses control of a subsidiary, the profit or loss on disposal is calculated as the difference between (i) the aggregate of the fair value of the consideration received and the fair value of any retained interest and (ii) the previous carrying amount of the assets (including goodwill), and liabilities of the subsidiary and any non-controlling interests. Where certain assets of the subsidiary are measured at revalued amounts or fair values and the related cumulative gain or loss has been recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity, the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity are accounted for as if the Company had directly disposed of the related assets (i.e., reclassified to profit or loss or transferred directly to retained profits). Any interest retained in that former subsidiary at the date when control is lost is recognised at fair value and this amount is regarded as the fair value on initial recognition of a financial asset (see note 2.11), or when applicable, the cost on initial recognition of an investment in an associate or joint venture.
(i) Business combinations
Except for business combinations under common control, the Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is measured at fair value, which is calculated as the sum of the acquisition-date fair values of the assets transferred by the Group, liabilities incurred by the Group to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity interests issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.2 Subsidiaries (Continued)
(a) Consolidation (Continued)
(i) Business combinations (Continued)
For each business combination, the Group elects whether to measure the non-controlling interests in the acquiree that are present ownership interests and entitle their holders to a proportionate share of net assets in the event of liquidation at fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree's identifiable net assets. All other components of non-controlling interests are measured at fair value.
Acquisition-related costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred.
Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the Group is recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration that is deemed to be an asset or liability is recognised in profit or loss. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not re-measured, and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity.
Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree, and the fair value of the acquirer's previously held equity in the acquiree (if any) over the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If, after assessment, the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeds the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree and the fair value on the acquirer's previously held interest in the acquiree (if any), the excess is recognised immediately in profit or loss as gain on bargain purchase.
(ii) Merger accounting for common control combination
In respect of business combination under common control, the consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the combing entities or businesses in which the common control combination occurs as if they had been combined from the date when the combining entities or businesses first came under the control of the controlling party.
The net assets of the combining entities or businesses are combined using the existing book values from the controlling parties' perspective. No amount is recognised for goodwill or excess of acquirers' interest in the net fair value of the acquiree's identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities over cost at the time of common control combination, to the extent of the continuation of the controlling party's interest.
The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income includes the results of each of the combining entities or businesses from the earliest date presented or since the date when the combining entities or businesses first came under the common control, where there is a shorter period, regardless of the date of the common control combination.
88
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.2 Subsidiaries (Continued)
(a) Consolidation (Continued)
(ii) Merger accounting for common control combination (Continued)
The comparative amounts in the consolidated financial statements are presented as if the entities or businesses had been combined at the previous balance sheet date or when they first came under common control, whichever is shorter.
A uniform set of accounting policies is adopted by those entities. All intra-group transactions, balances and unrealised gains and losses on transactions between combining entities or businesses are eliminated on consolidation.
Transaction costs incurred in relation to the common control combination that is to be accounted for by using merger accounting is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.
(b) Separate financial statements
In the Company's statement of financial position, subsidiaries are carried at cost less any impairment loss (note 2.21) unless the subsidiary is held for sale or included in a disposal group. Cost is adjusted to reflect changes in consideration arising from contingent consideration amendments. Cost also includes direct attributable costs of investment.
The results of subsidiaries are accounted for by the Company on the basis of dividends received and receivable at the reporting date. All dividends whether received out of the investee's pre or post-acquisition profits are recognised in the Company's profit or loss.
2.3 Associates
An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence, which is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not control or joint control of those policies.
In the consolidated financial statements, an investment in an associate is initially recognised at cost and subsequently accounted for using the equity method. Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group's share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the associate recognised at the date of acquisition is recognised as goodwill. The goodwill is included within the carrying amount of the investment and is assessed for impairment as part of the investment. The cost of acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair values, at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed and equity instruments issued by the Group, plus any costs directly attributable to the investment. Any excess of the Group's share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities over the cost of acquisition, after reassessment, is recognised immediately in profit or loss in the determination of Group's share of the associate's profit or loss in the period in which the investment is acquired.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.3 Associates (Continued)
Under the equity method, the Group's interest in the associate is carried at cost and adjusted for the postacquisition changes in the Group's share of the associate's net assets less any identified impairment loss, unless it is classified as held for sale (or included in a disposal group that is classified as held for sale). The profit or loss for the year includes the Group's share of the post-acquisition, post-tax results of the associate for the year, including any impairment loss on the investment in associate recognised for the year.
Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group's interest in the associates. Where unrealised losses on assets sales between the Group and its associate are reversed on equity accounting, the underlying asset is also tested for impairment from the Group's perspective. Where the associate uses accounting policies other than those of the Group for like transactions and events in similar circumstances, adjustments are made, where necessary, to conform the associate's accounting policies to those of the Group when the associate's financial statements are used by the Group in applying the equity method.
When the Group's share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. For this purpose, the Group's interest in the associate is the carrying amount of the investment under the equity method together with the Group's long-term interests that in substance form part of the Group's net investment in the associate.
After the application of equity method, the Group determines whether it is necessary to recognise additional impairment loss on the Group's investment in its associates. At each reporting date, the Group determines whether there is any objective evidence that the investment in associate is impaired. If such indications are identified, the Group calculates the amount of impairment as being the difference between the recoverable amount (higher of value in use and fair value less costs of disposal) of the associate and its carrying amount. In determining the value in use of the investment, the Group estimates its share of the present value of the estimated future cash flows expected to be generated by the associate, including cash flows arising from the operations of the associate and the proceeds on ultimate disposal of the investment.
The Group discontinues the use of equity method from the date when it ceases to have significant influence over an associate. If the retained interest in that former associate is a financial asset, the retained interest is measured at fair value, which is regarded as its fair value on initial recognition as a financial asset in accordance with IFRS 9. The difference between (i) the fair value of any retained interest and any proceeds from disposing of a part interest in the associate; and (ii) the carrying amount of the investment at the date the equity method was discontinued, is recognised in the profit or loss. In addition, the Group accounts for all amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in relation to that associate on the same basis as would have been required if the associate had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. Therefore, if a gain or loss previously recognised in other comprehensive income by the investee would be reclassified to profit or loss on the disposal of the related assets or liabilities, the entity reclassifies the gain or loss from equity to profit or loss (as a reclassification adjustment) when the equity method is discontinued.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.4 Foreign currency translation
Items include in the financial statements of each of the Group's entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic, environment in which the entity operates ("the functional currency"). The functional currency of the Company and the group entities operating in the PRC is Hong Kong dollar ("HK\$") and Renminbi ("RMB") respectively. The consolidated financial statements are presented in HK\$ to align with the Group's presentation currency.
In the individual financial statements of the consolidated entities, foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency of the individual entity using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. At the reporting date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the foreign exchange rates ruling at that date. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the reporting date retranslation of monetary assets and liabilities are recognised in profit or loss.
Non-monetary items carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the date when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated (i.e. only translated using the exchange rates at the transaction date).
In the consolidated financial statements, all individual financial statements of foreign operations, originally presented in a currency different from the Group's presentation currency, have been converted into Hong Kong dollars. Assets and liabilities have been translated into Hong Kong dollars at the closing rates at the reporting date. Income and expenses have been converted into the Hong Kong dollars at the exchange rates ruling at the transaction dates, or at the average rates over the reporting period provided that the exchange rates do not fluctuate significantly. Any differences arising from this procedure have been recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated separately in the foreign exchange reserve in equity.
On the disposal of a foreign operation (i.e. a disposal of the Group's entire interest in a foreign operation, or a disposal involving loss of control over a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, or loss of significant influence over an associate that includes a foreign operation), all of the accumulated exchange differences in respect of that operation attributable to the Group are reclassified to profit or loss. Any exchange differences that have previously been attributed to non-controlling interests are derecognised, but they are not reclassified to profit or loss.
In the case of a partial disposal (i.e. no loss of control) of a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, the proportionate share of accumulated exchange differences are re-attributed to non-controlling interests and are not recognised in profit or loss. For all other partial disposals (i.e. of associates not involving a change of accounting basis), the proportionate share of the accumulated exchange differences is reclassified to profit or loss.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.5 Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. The cost of an item of property, plant and equipment other than cost of right-of-use assets as described in note 2.16 comprises its purchase price and any directly attributable costs of bringing the asset to its working condition and location for its intended use.
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is provided to write off the cost less their residual values over the estimated useful lives using the following methods and rates per annum:
| Over the remaining operating period, straight-line method |
|---|
| 5 — 20 years, straight-line method |
| 1 — 5 years, straight-line method |
| 5 years, straight-line method |
| Shorter of unexpired lease term or useful lives |
Accounting policy for depreciation of right-of-use assets is set out in note 2.16.
The assets' residual value, depreciation methods and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted if appropriate, at each reporting date.
Gain or loss arising on retirement or disposal is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in profit or loss.
Subsequent costs are included in the asset's carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other costs, such as repairs and maintenance, are charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which they are incurred.
2.6 Construction in progress
Construction in progress represents port facilities, land and buildings and terminal equipment under construction and is stated at cost less any impairment losses. Cost includes cost of construction, plant and equipment and other direct costs (such as costs of materials, direct labour and capitalised borrowing costs).
No provision for depreciation has been provided for construction in progress until such time relevant assets are available for use, at which time they will be transferred to property, plant and equipment (note 2.5).
2.7 Land use rights
92
Land use rights (which meet the definition of right-of-use assets) represent upfront payment for lease of lands located in the PRC for a period of 50 years. Land use rights are recognised as cost and amortised on a straightline basis to profit or loss over the lease terms.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.8 Investment properties
Investment properties, principally comprising land, buildings, berth, stacking yard, warehouse and pontoon, which are owned or held under a leasehold interest, are held to earn rental income or for capital appreciation or both, and that are not occupied by the Group. These also include properties that are being constructed or developed for future use as investment property.
On initial recognition, investment property is measured at cost and subsequently at fair value, unless they are still in the course of construction or development at the end of the reporting period and their fair value cannot be reliably measured at that time.
Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the investment property. The cost of self-constructed investment property includes the cost of materials and direct labour, any other costs directly attributable to bringing the investment property to a working condition for their intended use and capitalised borrowing costs.
Fair value is determined by external professional valuers, with sufficient experience with respect to both the location and the nature of the investment property. The carrying amounts recognised at the reporting date reflect the prevailing market conditions at the reporting date.
Gains or losses arising from either changes in the fair value or the sale of an investment property are included in profit or loss in the period in which they arise.
2.9 Goodwill
Goodwill arising in a business combination is recognised as an asset at the date that control is acquired (the acquisition date). Goodwill is measured as the excess of the aggregate of the fair value of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree (if any) and the fair value of the acquirer's previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if any) over the Group's interest in the net fair value of the acquiree's identifiable assets and liabilities measured as at the acquisition date.
If, after reassessment, the Group's interest in the fair value of the acquiree's identifiable net assets exceeds the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree and the fair value of the acquirer's previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if any), the excess is recognised immediately in profit or loss as a bargain purchase gain.
Goodwill is stated at cost less impairment losses. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units and is tested annually for impairment (see note 2.21).
On subsequent disposal of a subsidiary, the attributable amount of goodwill capitalised is included in the determination of the amount of gain or loss on disposal.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.10 Intangible assets (other than goodwill)
Acquired intangible assets are recognised initially at cost. After initial recognition, intangible assets with finite useful lives are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation for intangible assets with finite useful lives is provided on straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Amortisation commences when the intangible assets are available for use. The following useful lives are applied:
| Port operating rights | 50 years |
|---|---|
| Operating license | 4 years |
| Software | 5 years |
The assets' amortisation methods and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each reporting date.
Intangible assets, with finite useful lives, are tested for impairment as described below in note 2.21.
2.11 Financial assets
Recognition and derecognition
Financial assets are recognised when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the financial instrument.
Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or when the financial asset and substantially all of its risks and rewards are transferred.
Classification and initial measurement of financial assets
Except for those trade receivables (including trade receivables and bills receivables) that do not contain a significant financing component and are measured at the transaction price in accordance with IFRS 15, all financial assets are initially measured at fair value, in case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss ("FVTPL"), plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset.
The Group's financial assets are classified as financial assets at amortised cost. The classification is determined by the entity's business model for managing the financial asset and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset.
All income and expenses relating to financial assets that are recognised in profit or loss are presented within finance costs — net, except for expected credit losses ("ECL") of trade receivables which is presented within general and administrative expense.
94
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.11 Financial assets (Continued)
Subsequent measurement of financial assets
Debt investments — Financial assets at amortised cost
Financial assets are measured at amortised cost if the assets meet the following conditions (and are not designated as FVTPL):
- they are held within a business model whose objective is to hold the financial assets and collect its contractual cash flows; and
- the contractual terms of the financial assets give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
After initial recognition, these are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance costs — net. Discounting is omitted where the effect of discounting is immaterial. The Group's restricted deposits, trade and other receivables, amounts due from related parties (including amounts due from an associate and a related company), government subsidy receivables and cash and cash equivalents fall into this category of financial instruments.
Impairment of financial assets and contract assets
IFRS 9's impairment requirements use forward-looking information to recognise ECL — the "ECL model". Instruments within the scope included loans and other debt-type financial assets measured at amortised cost, trade and bills receivables and contract assets recognised and measured under HKFRS 15.
The Group considers a broader range of information when assessing credit risk and measuring ECL, including past events, current conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the expected collectability of the future cash flows of the instrument.
In applying this forward-looking approach, a distinction is made between:
- financial instruments that have not deteriorated significantly in credit quality since initial recognition or that have low credit risk ("Stage 1") and
- financial instruments that have deteriorated significantly in credit quality since initial recognition and whose credit risk is not low ("Stage 2").
"Stage 3" would cover financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment at the reporting date.
"12-month ECL" are recognised for the Stage 1 category while "lifetime ECL" are recognised for the Stage 2 category.
Measurement of the ECL is determined by a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses over the expected life of the financial instrument.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.11 Financial assets (Continued)
Impairment of financial assets and contract assets (Continued)
Trade and bills receivables and contract assets
For trade and bills receivables and contract assets, the Group applies a simplified approach in calculating ECL and recognises a loss allowance based on lifetime ECL at each reporting date. These are the expected shortfalls in contractual cash flows, considering the potential for default at any point during the life of the financial assets. In calculating the ECL, the Group has established a provision matrix that is based on its historical credit loss experience and external indicators, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the debtors and the economic environment. To measure the ECL, trade and bills receivables and contract assets have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due. Trade receivables with significant balance at the reporting date will be individually assessed for measurement of lifetime ECL.
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
The Group measures the loss allowance for other receivables equal to 12-month ECL, unless when there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, the Group recognises lifetime ECL. The assessment of whether lifetime ECL should be recognised is based on significant increase in the likelihood or risk of default occurring since initial recognition.
In assessing whether the credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition, the Group compares the risk of a default occurring on the financial assets at the reporting date with the risk of default occurring on the financial assets at the date of initial recognition. In making this assessment, the Group considers both quantitative and qualitative information that is reasonable and supportable, including historical experience and forward-looking information that is available without undue cost or effort.
In particular, the following information is taken into account when assessing whether credit risk has increased significantly:
- an actual or expected significant deterioration in the financial instrument's external (if available) or internal credit rating;
- significant deterioration in external market indicators of credit risk, e.g. a significant increase in the credit spread, the credit default swap prices for the debtor;
- existing or forecast adverse changes in regulatory, business, financial, economic conditions, or technological environment that are expected to cause a significant decrease in the debtor's ability to meet its debt obligations;
- an actual or expected significant deterioration in the operating results of the debtor; or
— an actual or expected significant adverse change in the regulatory, economic, or technological environment of the debtor that results in a significant decrease in the debtor's ability to meet its debt obligations.
96
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.11 Financial assets (Continued)
Impairment of financial assets and contract assets (Continued)
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost (Continued)
Irrespective of the outcome of the above assessment, the Group presumes that the credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition when contractual payments are more than 30 days past due, unless the Group has reasonable and supportable information that demonstrates otherwise.
Despite the aforegoing, the Group assumes that the credit risk on a debt instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition if the debt instrument is determined to have low credit risk at the end of each reporting period. A debt instrument is determined to have low credit risk if it has a low risk of default, the borrower has strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term and adverse changes in economic and business conditions in the longer term may, but will not necessarily, reduce the ability of the borrower to fulfill its contractual cash flow obligations.
For internal credit risk management, the Group considers an event of default occurs when (i) information developed internally or obtained from external sources indicates that the debtor is unlikely to pay its creditors, including the Group, in full (without taking into account any collateral held by the Group); and (ii) the financial asset is 90 days past due.
Detailed analysis of the ECL assessment of trade receivables, contract assets and other financial assets measured at amortised cost are set out in note 42.5.
2.12 Financial liabilities
Classification and measurement of financial liabilities
The Group's financial liabilities include trade and other payables, lease liabilities, amounts due to related parties (including amounts due to a related company, the controlling shareholder and ultimate holding company), amount due to a non-controlling interest and bank and other borrowings.
Financial liabilities (other than lease liabilities) are recognised when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the financial instrument. A financial liability is derecognised when it is extinguished, discharged, cancelled or expires.
Financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value, and, where applicable, adjusted for transaction costs.
Subsequently, financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
All interest-related charges are recognised in accordance with the Group's accounting policy for borrowing costs (see note 2.23) and included in the finance costs.
Accounting policies of the lease liabilities are set out in note 2.16.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.12 Financial liabilities (Continued)
Classification and measurement of financial liabilities (Continued)
Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest rate method.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting date.
Trade and other payables, amounts due to related parties and amount due to a non-controlling interest
Trade and other payables, amounts due to related parties and amount due to a non-controlling interest are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest method.
2.13 Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost, which comprises all costs of purchase and, where applicable, other costs that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition, is calculated using the weighted average method.
2.14 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash at bank and in hand, demand deposits with banks and short term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
2.15 Contract assets and contract liabilities
A contract asset is recognised when the Group recognises revenue (see note 2.19) before being unconditionally entitled to the consideration under the payment terms set out in the contract. Contract assets are assessed for ECL in accordance with the policy set out in note 2.11 and are reclassified to receivables when the right to the consideration has become unconditional (see note 2.19).
A contract liability is recognised when the customer pays consideration before the Group recognises the related revenue (see note 2.19). A contract liability would also be recognised if the Group has an unconditional right to receive consideration before the Group recognises the related revenue. In such cases, a corresponding receivable would also be recognised (see note 2.11).
For a single contract with the customer, either a net contract asset or a net contract liability is presented. For multiple contracts, contract assets and contract liabilities of unrelated contracts are not presented on a net basis.
98
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.16 Leases
(a) The Group as a lessee
Definition of a lease
At inception of a contract, the Group considers whether a contract is, or contains a lease. A lease is defined as a contract, or part of a contract, that conveys the right to use an identified asset (the underlying asset) for a period of time in exchange for consideration. To apply this definition, the Group assesses whether the contract meets three key evaluations which are whether:
- the contracts contains an identified asset, which is either explicitly identified in the contract or implicitly specified by being identified at the time the asset is made available to the Group;
- the Group has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the identified asset throughout the period of use, considering its rights within the defined scope of the contract; and
- the Group has the right to direct the use of the identified asset throughout the period of use. The Group assess whether it has the right to direct 'how and for what purpose' the asset is used throughout the period of use.
Measurement and recognition of leases as a lessee
At lease commencement date, the Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the consolidated statement of financial position. The right-of-use asset is measured at cost, which is made up of the initial measurement of the lease liability, any initial direct costs incurred by the Group, an estimate of any costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset at the end of the lease, and any lease payments made in advance of the lease commencement date (net of any lease incentives received).
The Group depreciates the right-of-use assets on a straight-line basis from the lease commencement date to the earlier of the end of the useful life of the right-of-use asset or the end of the lease term unless the Group is reasonably certain to obtain ownership at the end of the lease term. The Group also assesses the right-of-use asset for impairment when such indicator exists. Those right-of-use assets meet with the definition of investment properties to which revaluation model was applied are subsequently measured at fair value, in accordance with the Group's accounting policies.
At the commencement date, the Group measures the lease liability at the present value of the lease payments unpaid at that date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group's incremental borrowing rate.
Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability are made up of fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable, variable payments based on an index or rate, and amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.16 Leases (Continued)
(a) The Group as a lessee (Continued)
Measurement and recognition of leases as a lessee (Continued)
Subsequent to initial measurement, the liability will be reduced for lease payments made and increased for interest cost on the lease liability. It is remeasured to reflect any reassessment or lease modification, or if there are changes in in-substance fixed payments. The variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as expense in the period on which the event or condition that triggers the payment occurs.
When the lease is remeasured, the corresponding adjustment is reflected in the right-of-use asset, or profit and loss if the right-of-use asset is already reduced to zero.
The Group has elected to account for short-term leases using the practical expedients. Instead of recognising a right-of-use asset and lease liability, the payments in relation to these leases are recognised as an expense in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 month or less.
On the consolidated statement of financial position, right-of-use assets assets that do not meet the definition of investment property have been included in property, plant and equipment. Right-of-use assets that meet the definition of investment property are presented within "Investment properties". The prepaid lease payments for leasehold land are presented as "Land use rights" under non-current assets.
(b) The Group as a lessor
The Group earns rental income from operating leases of its investment properties. Rental income is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.
Assets leased out under operating leases are measured and presented according to the nature of the assets. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised as an expense over the lease term on the same basis as the rental income.
2.17 Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation can be made. Where the time value of money is material, provisions are stated at the present value of the expenditure expected to settle the obligation.
All provisions are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.17 Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets (Continued)
Where it is not probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, or the amount cannot be estimated reliably, the obligation is disclosed as a contingent liability, unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote. Possible obligations, whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events are also disclosed as contingent liability unless the probability of outflow of economic benefit is remote.
2.18 Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Share capital is determined using the nominal value of shares that have been issued at the reporting date.
Any transaction costs associated with the issuing of shares are deducted from share premium (net of any related income tax benefit) to the extent that they are incremental costs directly attributable to such equity transaction.
2.19 Revenue recognition
Revenue arises mainly from port construction and operation, port and warehouse leasing; the provision of logistics services, supply chain management and trading and provision of construction work.
To determine whether to recognise revenue, the Group follows a 5-step process:
-
- Identifying the contract with a customer
-
- Identifying the performance obligations
-
- Determining the transaction price
-
- Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations
-
- Recognising revenue when/as performance obligation(s) are satisfied
In all cases, the total transaction price for a contract is allocated amongst the various performance obligations based on their relative stand-alone selling prices. The transaction price for a contract excludes any amounts collected on behalf of third parties.
Revenue is recognised either at a point in time or over time, when (or as) the Group satisfies performance obligations by transferring the promised goods or services to its customers.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.19 Revenue recognition (Continued)
Further details of the Group's revenue recognition policies are as follows:
Terminal service, container handling, storage and other service, integrated logistics service, general and bulk cargoes handling service are recognised when services are rendered.
Supply chain management and trading income is recognised when or as the Group transfers control of the goods to the customer. Control transfer at the point in time the customer takes undisputed delivery of the goods.
Revenue from construction contracts are recognised over time as the Group's performance creates and enhances an asset that the customer controls which referred as the designated areas where the construction work services performed. The progress towards complete satisfaction of a performance obligation is measured based on output method, which is to recognise revenue on the basis of direct measurements of the value of the services transferred to the customer to date relative to the remaining services promised under the contract, that best depict the Group's performance in transferring control of services. The value of the services transferred to customer to date is measured according to the progress certificate (by reference to the construction works certified by the customers or their agents).
Contract costs are recognised when incurred. When the outcome of a construction contract cannot be estimated reliably, contract revenue is recognised only to the extent of contract costs incurred that are likely to be recoverable.
Interest income is recognised on a time proportion basis using the effective interest method.
Rental income is recognised according to accounting policy as set out in note 2.16.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.20 Government subsidies
Government subsidies are recognised at their fair value where there is a reasonable assurance that the subsidies will be received and the Group will comply with all attached conditions. Government subsidies are deferred and recognised in profit or loss over the period necessary to match them with the costs that the subsidies are intended to compensate. Government subsidies relating to the purchase of assets are included in liabilities as deferred government subsidies in the consolidated statement of financial position and are recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the expected lives of the related assets.
Government subsidies that compensate the Group for expenses incurred are set-off with relevant expenses. Government subsidies relating to assets and those not directly attributable to any specific asset or expense is presented gross under "Other income" in profit or loss.
2.21 Impairment of non-financial assets (other than contract assets)
Property, plant and equipment (including right-of-use assets), goodwill arising on acquisition of a subsidiary, other intangible assets, land use rights, construction in progress, interest in an associate and the Company's investment in subsidiaries are subject to impairment testing.
Goodwill are tested for impairment at least annually, irrespective of whether there is any indication that they are impaired. All other assets are tested for impairment whenever there are indications that the asset's carrying amount may not be recoverable.
An impairment loss is recognised as an expense immediately for the amount by which the asset's carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value, reflecting market conditions less costs of disposal, and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessment of time value of money and the risk specific to the asset.
For the purpose of assessing impairment, where an asset does not generate cash inflows largely independent from those from other assets, the recoverable amount is determined for the smallest group of assets that generate cash inflows independently (i.e. a cash-generating unit). As a result, some assets are tested individually for impairment and some are tested at the cash-generating unit level. Goodwill in particular is allocated to those cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from synergies of the related business combination and represent the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purpose and not be larger than an operating segment.
Impairment loss recognised for cash-generating units, to which goodwill has been allocated, are credited initially to the carrying amount of goodwill. Any remaining impairment loss is charged pro rata to other assets in the cash-generating units, except that the carrying value of an asset will not be reduced below its individual fair value less cost of disposal, or value in use, if determinable.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.21 Impairment of non-financial assets (other than contract assets) (Continued)
An impairment loss on goodwill is not reversed in subsequent periods. In respect of other assets, an impairment loss is reversed if there has been a favourable change in the estimates used to determine the asset's recoverable amount and only to the extent that the asset's carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.
Impairment losses recognised in an interim period in respect of goodwill are not reversed in a subsequent period. This is the case even if no loss, or a smaller loss, would have been recognised had the impairment been assessed only at the end of the financial year to which the interim period relates.
2.22 Employee benefits
Retirement benefits scheme
Retirement benefits to employees are provided through defined contribution plans.
The Group operates a defined contribution retirement benefit scheme (the "MPF Scheme") under the Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Ordinance, for those employees who are eligible to participate in the MPF Scheme. Contributions are made based on a percentage of the employees' basic salaries or the maximum mandatory contributions as required by the MPF Scheme and are charged to profit or loss as they become payable in accordance with the rules of the MPF Scheme. The assets of the MPF Scheme are held separately from those of the Group in an independent administered fund. The Group's employer contributions vest fully with the employees when contributed into the MPF Scheme except for the Group's employer voluntary contributions, which are refunded to the Group when the employee leaves employment prior to the contributions vesting fully, in accordance with the rules of the MPF Scheme. No forfeited contribution under the MPF Scheme is available to reduce the contribution payable in future years.
The full time employees of the Group's subsidiaries which operate in the PRC are entitled to an annual pension equal to a fixed portion of their basic salaries at their retirement dates. The PRC government is responsible for the pension liabilities payable to the retired staff. The Group has agreed to make annual contributions to the state-sponsored retirement plan at a fixed rate of the average salary of the local community which set by the local government to the employees. No forfeited contribution under the state-sponsored retirement plan is available to reduce the contribution payable in future years.
Short-term employee benefits
Employee entitlements to annual leave are recognised when they accrue to employees. A provision is made for the estimated liability for annual leave as a result of services rendered by employees up to the reporting date.
Non-accumulating compensated absences such as sick leave and maternity leave are not recognised until the time of leave.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.23 Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs incurred for the acquisition, construction or production of any qualifying asset are capitalised during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use. A qualifying asset is an asset which necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale. Other borrowing costs are expensed when incurred.
Borrowing costs are capitalised as part of the cost of a qualifying asset when expenditure for the asset is being incurred, borrowing costs are being incurred and activities that are necessary to prepare the asset for its intended use or sale are being undertaken. Capitalisation of borrowing costs ceases when substantially all the activities necessary to prepare the qualifying asset for its intended use or sale are complete.
2.24 Accounting for income tax
Income tax comprises current tax and deferred tax.
Current income tax assets and/or liabilities comprise those obligations to, or claims from, fiscal authorities relating to the current or prior reporting period, that are unpaid at the reporting date. They are calculated according to the tax rates and tax laws applicable to the fiscal periods to which they relate, based on the taxable profit for the year. All changes to current tax assets or liabilities are recognised as a component of tax expense in profit or loss.
Deferred tax is calculated using the liability method on temporary differences at the reporting date between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, tax losses available to be carried forward as well as other unused tax credits, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit, including existing taxable temporary differences, will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, unused tax losses and unused tax credits can be utilised.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither taxable nor accounting profit or loss.
Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
For investment properties measured using the fair value model in accordance with the accounting policy above, the measurement of the related deferred tax liability or asset reflects the tax consequences of recovering the carrying amount of the investment property entirely through sale, unless the investment property is depreciable and is held within a business model whose objective is to consume substantially all of the economic benefits embodied in the investment property over time, rather than through sale.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.24 Accounting for income tax (Continued)
Deferred tax is calculated, without discounting, at tax rates that are expected to apply in the period the liability is settled or the asset realised, provided they are enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.
Changes in deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognised in profit or loss, or in other comprehensive income or directly in equity if they relate to items that are charged or credited to other comprehensive income or directly in equity.
Current tax assets and current tax liabilities are presented in net if, and only if,
- (a) the Group has the legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts; and
- (b) intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
The Group presents deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities in net if, and only if,
- (a) the entity has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities; and
- (b) the deferred tax assets and the deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either:
- (i) the same taxable entity; or
- (ii) different taxable entities which intend either to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis, or to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in which significant amounts of deferred tax liabilities or assets are expected to be settled or recovered.
2.25 Segment reporting
Operating segments, and the amounts of each segment item reported in the consolidated financial statements, are identified from the financial information provided regularly to the Group's most senior executive management for the purposes of allocating resources to, and assessing the performance of, the Group's various lines of business and geographical locations.
Individually material operating segments are not aggregated for financial reporting purposes unless the segments have similar economic characteristics and are similar in respect of the nature of products and services, the nature of production processes, the type or class of customers, the methods used to distribute the products or provide the services, and the nature of the regulatory environment. Operating segments which are not individually material may be aggregated if they share a major of criteria.
106
for the year ended 31 December 2020
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
2.26 Related parties
For the purposes of these consolidated financial statements, a party is considered to be related to the Group if:
- (a) the party, is a person or a close member of that person's family and if that person,
- (i) has control or joint control over the Group;
- (ii) has significant influence over the Group; or
- (iii) is a member of the key management personnel of the Group or of a parent of the Group.
- (b) the party is an entity and if any of the following conditions applies:
- (i) the entity and the Group are members of the same group.
- (ii) one entity is an associate or joint venture of the other entity (or an associate or joint venture of a member of a group of which the other entity is a member).
- (iii) the entity and the Group are joint ventures of the same third party.
- (iv) one entity is a joint venture of a third entity and the other entity is an associate of the third entity.
- (v) the entity is a post-employment benefit plan for the benefit of employees of either the Group or an entity related to the Group.
- (vi) the entity is controlled or jointly controlled by a person identified in (a).
- (vii) a person identified in (a)(i) has significant influence over the entity or is a member of the key management personnel of the entity (or of a parent of the entity).
- (viii) the entity, or any member of a group of which it is a part, provides key management personnel services to the Group or to the parent of the Group.
Close members of the family of a person are those family members who may be expected to influence, or be influenced by, that person in their dealings with the entity.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
3. ADOPTION OF NEW AND AMENDED IFRSs
Amended IFRSs that are effective for annual periods beginning on 1 January 2020
In the current year, the Group has applied for the first time the following amended IFRSs issued by IASB, which are relevant to the Group's operations and effective for the Group's consolidated financial statements for the annual period beginning on 1 January 2020:
Amendments to IFRS 3 Definition of a Business Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 Definition of Material
The adoption of these amended IFRSs had no material impact on how the results and financial position for the current and prior period have been prepared and presented.
Issued but not yet effective IFRSs
At the date of authorisation of these consolidated financial statements, certain new and amended IFRSs have been published but are not yet effective, and have not been adopted early by the Group.
| IFRS 17 | Insurance Contracts and related amendments3 |
|---|---|
| Amendments to IFRS 3 | Reference to the Conceptual Framework5 |
| Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 |
Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 21 |
| Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 | Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture4 |
| Amendments to IFRS 16 | Covid-19 – Related Rent Concessions6 |
| Amendments to IAS 1 | Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current3 |
| Amendments to IAS 16 | Property, Plant and Equipment – Proceeds before Intended Use2 |
| Amendments to IAS 37 | Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract2 |
| Amendments to IFRSs | Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-20202 |
Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2021
Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022
Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023
4 Effective date not yet determined
Effective for business combination for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual period beginning on or after 1 January 2022
Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 June 2020
The directors anticipate that all of the pronouncements will be adopted in the Group's accounting policy for the first annual period beginning on or after the effective date of the pronouncement. All the new and amended IFRSs are not expected to have a material impact on the Group's consolidated financial statements.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
4. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS
Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.
Critical accounting estimates and assumptions
The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below:
Estimated fair value of investment properties
As at 31 December 2020, the Group's investment properties (note 15) are stated at fair value of HK\$768,298,000 (2019: HK\$676,878,000) based on the valuations performed by independent qualified professional valuer. The best evidence of fair value is current prices in an active market for similar property in the same location and condition and subject to the same lease or other contracts. In the absence of such information, the valuer determines the fair values of investment properties with different valuation techniques which involves significant unobservable inputs, details of which are as set out in note 15. Favorable or unfavorable changes to these inputs or assumptions would result in changes in the fair value of the Group's investment properties and corresponding adjustments to the amounts of gain or loss recognised in profit or loss.
Deferred tax arising from investment properties measured at fair value
There is a rebuttable presumption that the carrying amount of the investment property that is measured using the fair value model in IAS 40 "Investment Property" will be recovered entirely through sales. This presumption is rebutted if the investment property is depreciable and is held within a business model whose objective is to consume substantially all of the economic benefits embodied in the investment properties over time, rather than through sale. The management determines the investment properties are recovered through use and details of deferred tax liabilities are set out in note 31.
Depreciation and impairment assessment of property, plant and equipment and construction in progress
Property, plant and equipment (note 16) are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, after taking into account the estimated residual values, if any. The Group reviews the estimated useful lives of the assets regularly in order to determine the amount of depreciation expense to be recorded during the reporting period. The useful lives are based on the Group's historical experience with similar assets and taking into account anticipated technological changes. The depreciation expense for future periods is adjusted if there are significant changes from previous estimates.
Property, plant and equipment (including port facilities and terminal equipment) and construction in progress are reviewed for possible impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Determination as to whether and how much an asset is impaired involves management estimates on uncertain matters, such as the amount of tariffs which may have changed, the throughput capacity of the port, etc. Changing the assumptions and estimates could materially affect the recoverable amount in the impairment assessment. The impairment reviews and calculations are based on assumptions that are consistent with the Group's business plan.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
4. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS (Continued)
Depreciation and impairment assessment of property, plant and equipment and construction in progress (Continued)
Details of the port facilities and terminal equipment included in the property, plant and equipment and construction in progress are set out in notes 16 and 17 respectively.
Provision for impairment of trade and other receivables, government subsidy receivables and contract assets
The Group makes allowances on items subjects to ECL (including trade and other receivables, contract assets and other financial assets measured at amortised cost) based on assumptions about risk of default and expected loss rates. The Group uses judgment in making these assumptions and selecting the inputs to the impairment calculation, based on the Group's past history, existing market conditions as well as forward looking estimates at the end of each reporting period as set out in note 2.11. As at 31 December 2020, the aggregate carrying amount of trade and other receivables, government subsidy receivables and contract assets amounted to HK\$118,831,000, net of loss allowance of HK\$12,874,000, HK\$40,807,000, net of loss allowance of HK\$13,028,000, and HK\$27,454,000, respectively (2019: HK\$86,037,000, net of loss allowance of HK\$5,788,000, HK\$26,628,000, net of loss allowance of HK\$5,594,000, and HK\$127,664,000, respectively).
When the actual future cash flows are different from expected, such difference will impact the carrying amount of trade and other receivables, government subsidy receivables and contract assets and related credit losses in the periods in which such estimate has been changed.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
5. Revenue
Revenue represents fair value of consideration received or receivable for terminal service, container handling, storage and other service, integrated logistics service, property leasing income, trading of commodities, general and bulk cargoes handling service rendered and provision of construction services for the year.
The Group derives revenue from the transfer of goods and services over time and at a point in time in the following major product/service lines:
| 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Types of goods or services: | ||
| — Terminal service | 82,006 | 101,981 |
| — Integrated logistics service | 34,577 | 62,670 |
| — Property business | 13,455 | 8,617 |
| — Container handling, storage & other service | 24,839 | 25,129 |
| — General and bulk cargoes handling service | 13,515 | 7,232 |
| — Supply chain management and trading business | 249,470 | 19,922 |
| — Construction services | 25,688 | 126,470 |
| 443,550 | 352,021 | |
| Revenue recognised at a point in time | 404,407 | 216,934 |
| Revenue recognised over time | 25,688 | 126,470 |
| Rental income from investment properties | 13,455 | 8,617 |
| 443,550 | 352,021 |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
6. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Group has five (2019: five) reportable segments as follows:
| Property business: | Port and warehouse leasing. |
|---|---|
| Terminal & related business: | Provision of terminal service, container handling, storage and other service, and general and bulk cargoes handling service. |
| Integrated logistics business: | Rendering agency and integrated logistics services, including provision of freight forwarding, customs clearance, transportation of containers and logistics management. |
| Supply chain management and trading business: |
Sourcing, procurement and trading of commodities. |
| Construction business: | Provision of construction services. |
No other operating segments have been aggregated to form the above reportable segments.
The accounting policies of the reporting segments described in note 2.25 are the same as the Group's accounting policies. Segment results represent the profit/loss by each segment without allocation of corporate income and expenses and directors' emoluments. Total segment assets include all assets with the exception of corporate assets. Total segment liabilities include all liabilities with the exception of corporate liabilities. This is the measure reported to the Group's chief operating decision maker for the purposes of resource allocation and assessment of segment performance. Inter-segment sales are priced with reference to prices charged to external parties for similar orders. Information regarding the Group's reportable segments is set out below.
All revenues for 2020 and 2019 were sourced from external customers located in the PRC. In addition, over 99% (2019: 99%) of the non-current assets of the Group as at the reporting date were physically located in the PRC, accordingly no geographic information is presented.
During the year ended 31 December 2020, there were three (2019: three) customers with whom transactions have exceeded 10% of the Group's revenue. The revenue generated from these customers were from supply chain management and trading business amounted to HK\$96,946,000, HK\$46,437,000 and HK\$75,435,000 respectively (2019: terminal and related business amounted to HK\$35,565,000 and construction business amounted to HK\$85,002,000 and HK\$41,468,000 respectively).
for the year ended 31 December 2020
6. SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)
2020
Segment revenue and results
For the year ended 31 December 2020
| Supply chain | Unallocated | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Terminal & | Integrated | management | corporate | |||||
| Property | related | logistics | and trading | Construction | income/ | |||
| business | business | business | business | business | Elimination | (expense) | Total | |
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Revenue from external | ||||||||
| customers Inter-segment revenue |
13,455 — |
120,360 3,111 |
34,577 3,886 |
249,470 — |
25,688 — |
— (6,997) |
— — |
443,550 — |
| Reportable segment revenue |
13,455 | 123,471 | 38,463 | 249,470 | 25,688 | (6,997) | — | 443,550 |
| Reportable segment | ||||||||
| results | 9,480 | 33,933 | 1,214 | (3,025) | (2,267) | — | — | 39,335 |
| Fair value changes on | ||||||||
| investment properties | 44,740 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 44,740 |
| Interest income | 7 | 64 | 2 | — | 2 | — | 4 | 79 |
| Interest expenses | (57) | (31,079) | (3,394) | (77) | — | — | (511) | (35,118) |
| Share of profit of an | ||||||||
| associate | 333 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 333 |
| Corporate and other | ||||||||
| unallocated expense | — | — | — | — | — | — | (12,567) | (12,567) |
| Profit/(Loss) before | ||||||||
| income tax | 54,503 | 2,918 | (2,178) | (3,102) | (2,265) | — | (13,074) | 36,802 |
| Income tax (expense)/ | ||||||||
| credit | (11,305) | (3,995) | 119 | 538 | 253 | — | — | (14,390) |
| Profit/(Loss) for the year | 43,198 | (1,077) | (2,059) | (2,564) | (2,012) | — | (13,074) | 22,412 |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
6. SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)
2020 (Continued)
Segment assets and liabilities
At 31 December 2020
| Property business HK\$'000 |
Terminal & related business HK\$'000 |
Integrated logistics business HK\$'000 |
Supply chain management and trading business HK\$'000 |
Construction business HK\$'000 |
Unallocated corporate assets/ (liabilities) HK\$'000 |
Total HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Segment assets Interest in an associate |
782,677 10,088 |
933,734 — |
19,472 — |
16,015 — |
46,603 — |
18,537 — |
1,817,038 10,088 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 1,779 | 22,952 | 5,081 | 79 | 5,899 | 2,390 | 38,180 |
| Deferred tax assets | 1,139 | 2,552 | 434 | 795 | — | — | 4,920 |
| Total assets | 795,683 | 959,238 | 24,987 | 16,889 | 52,502 | 20,927 | 1,870,226 |
| Segment liabilities | (74,122) | (163,107) | (23,643) | (12,223) | (51,922) | (88,475) | (413,492) |
| Bank borrowings | (751) | (194,087) | (42,897) | — | — | — | (237,735) |
| Other borrowings | — | (163,559) | — | — | — | (10,000) | (173,559) |
| Deferred tax liabilities | (91,056) | (4,056) | — | — | — | — | (95,112) |
| Income tax payable | (16,092) | (9,793) | (242) | (11) | (1,885) | — | (28,023) |
| Total liabilities | (182,021) | (534,602) | (66,782) | (12,234) | (53,807) | (98,475) | (947,921) |
| Net assets/(liabilities) | 613,662 | 424,636 | (41,795) | 4,655 | (1,305) | (77,548) | 922,305 |
For the year ended 31 December 2020
| Property business HK\$'000 |
Terminal & related business HK\$'000 |
Integrated logistics business HK\$'000 |
Supply chain management and trading business HK\$'000 |
Construction business HK\$'000 |
Unallocated HK\$'000 |
Total HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Capital additions (note) | 1,528 | 32,073 | — | — | 119 | 5 | 33,725 |
| Depreciation and amortisation |
316 | 30,569 | 31 | 7 | 1,027 | 585 | 32,535 |
| ECL allowance recognised | 2,814 | 6,537 | 1,943 | 2,153 | — | — | 13,447 |
Note: Capital additions to non-current segment assets (other than financial instruments and deferred tax assets) during the year.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
6. SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)
2019
Segment revenue and results
For the year ended 31 December 2019
| Supply chain | Unallocated | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Terminal & | Integrated | management | corporate | |||||
| Property | related | logistics | and trading | Construction | income/ | |||
| business | business | business | business | business | Elimination | (expense) | Total | |
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Revenue from external | ||||||||
| customers | 8,617 | 134,342 | 62,670 | 19,922 | 126,470 | — | — | 352,021 |
| Inter-segment revenue | — | 5,591 | — | — | — | (5,591) | — | — |
| Reportable segment | ||||||||
| revenue | 8,617 | 139,933 | 62,670 | 19,922 | 126,470 | (5,591) | — | 352,021 |
| Reportable segment | ||||||||
| results | 7,172 | 33,020 | 9,642 | (1,920) | 6,025 | — | — | 53,939 |
| Fair value changes on | ||||||||
| investment properties | 31,732 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 31,732 |
| Interest income | 12 | 25 | 3 | — | — | — | 1 | 41 |
| Interest expenses | (2,075) | (12,739) | (1,519) | (3,006) | — | — | (256) | (19,595) |
| Share of profit of an | ||||||||
| associate | 233 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 233 |
| Corporate and other | ||||||||
| unallocated expense | — | — | — | — | — | — | (10,958) | (10,958) |
| Profit/(Loss) before | ||||||||
| income tax | 37,074 | 20,306 | 8,126 | (4,926) | 6,025 | — | (11,213) | 55,392 |
| Income tax (expense)/ | ||||||||
| credit | (9,620) | (5,758) | (1,085) | 133 | (1,570) | — | — | (17,900) |
| Profit/(Loss) for the year | 27,454 | 14,548 | 7,041 | (4,793) | 4,455 | — | (11,213) | 37,492 |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
6. SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)
2019 (Continued)
Segment assets and liabilities
At 31 December 2019
| Supply chain | Unallocated | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Terminal & | Integrated | management | corporate | ||||
| Property | related | logistics | and trading | Construction | assets/ | ||
| business | business | business | business | business | (liabilities) | Total | |
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Segment assets | 690,801 | 858,407 | 25,688 | 7,251 | 134,950 | 6,580 | 1,723,677 |
| Interest in an associate | 9,982 | — | — | — | — | — | 9,982 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 920 | 85,785 | 2,402 | 158 | 1,754 | 2,308 | 93,327 |
| Deferred tax assets | 396 | 1,600 | 260 | 228 | — | — | 2,484 |
| Total assets | 702,099 | 945,792 | 28,350 | 7,637 | 136,704 | 8,888 | 1,829,470 |
| Segment liabilities Bank borrowings |
(70,456) — |
(133,969) (173,160) |
(11,787) (49,950) |
(1,445) (33,267) |
(131,295) — |
(83,365) — |
(432,317) (256,377) |
| Other borrowings | — | (188,688) | — | — | — | (4,000) | (192,688) |
| Deferred tax liabilities | (74,371) | (3,898) | — | — | (251) | — | (78,520) |
| Income tax payable | (15,215) | (8,822) | (1,387) | (25) | (1,793) | — | (27,242) |
| Total liabilities | (160,042) | (508,537) | (63,124) | (34,737) | (133,339) | (87,365) | (987,144) |
| Net assets/(liabilities) | 542,057 | 437,255 | (34,774) | (27,100) | 3,365 | (78,477) | 842,326 |
For the year ended 31 December 2019
| Property business HK\$'000 |
Terminal & related business HK\$'000 |
Integrated logistics business HK\$'000 |
Supply chain management and trading business HK\$'000 |
Construction business HK\$'000 |
Unallocated HK\$'000 |
Total HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Capital additions (note) | 31,165 | 37,511 | 3 | — | — | 1,758 | 70,437 |
| Depreciation and amortisation |
342 | 28,521 | 42 | 7 | 1,023 | 348 | 30,283 |
| ECL allowance (reversed)/ recognised |
(371) | 3,635 | 1,907 | 908 | — | — | 6,079 |
Note: Capital additions to non-current segment assets (other than financial instruments and deferred tax assets) during the year.
116
for the year ended 31 December 2020
7. OTHER INCOME
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Rental income | 366 | 357 |
| Sundry income | 214 | 38 |
| Sales of scrap materials | 406 | 534 |
| Gain on lease modification | 524 | — |
| Government subsidies (note) | 24,664 | 17,175 |
| Net foreign exchange gain | 65 | — |
| 26,239 | 18,104 |
Note: Government subsidies mainly relates to the subsidies granted by the government in respect of operating and development activities and to provide financial support to the Group's subsidiaries which are either unconditional grants or grants with conditions having been satisfied.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
8. PROFIT BEFORE INCOME TAX
Profit before income tax is arrived at after charging/(crediting) the following:
| 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Staff costs (including directors' emoluments (note 9)) | ||
| — Salaries and allowances | 55,863 | 55,079 |
| — Pension contributions (note) | 2,906 | 6,885 |
| 58,769 | 61,964 | |
| Cost of services rendered and goods sold | 379,661 | 266,071 |
| Less: Government subsidies | (26,539) | (18,614) |
| 353,122 | 247,457 | |
| Auditor's remuneration: | ||
| — Audit service | 1,000 | 1,070 |
| — Other service | 305 | 450 |
| Depreciation: | ||
| — Owned assets | 29,254 | 27,869 |
| — Right-of-use assets | 1,422 | 522 |
| Amortisation of intangible assets | 1,354 | 1,366 |
| Amortisation of prepaid lease payments for land use rights | 505 | 526 |
| Cost of inventories recognised as an expense (included under cost of | ||
| services rendered and goods sold) | 258,619 | 31,639 |
| Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment | 41 | 447 |
| Net foreign exchange (gain)/loss | (65) | 188 |
| Lease charges: | ||
| — Short term leases and leases with lease term shorter than 12 months | ||
| as at initial application of IFRS 16 on 1 January 2019 | 150 | 261 |
| — Variable lease payments | 11,572 | — |
| ECL allowances on trade and bills receivables and government subsidy | ||
| receivables | 13,447 | 6,079 |
| Direct operating expenses arising from investment properties | ||
| — that generated rental income | 1,238 | 776 |
| — that did not generate rental income | 1,419 | 1,690 |
Note: Due to the impact of COVID-19, a number of policies including the relief of social insurance have been promulgated by the government since February 2020 to expedite resumption of economic activities, which resulted in the relief of certain contributions to retirement benefit scheme contributions during the year ended 31 December 2020.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
9. DIRECTORS' AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE'S REMUNERATION
Directors' and chief executive's emoluments, disclosed pursuant to the Listing Rules, section 383(1) of the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance and Part 2 of the Companies (Disclosure of Information about Benefits of Directors) Regulation is as follows:
| Salaries, | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| allowances, | |||||
| bonuses | Retirement | ||||
| and | benefit | ||||
| other | scheme | ||||
| Name of director | Fees | benefits | contribution | Total | |
| Notes | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Year ended 31 December 2020 | |||||
| Executive directors: | |||||
| Mr. Peng Chi | 600 | 600 | — | 1,200 | |
| Mr. Xie Bingmu | (ii) | 360 | 1,307 | — | 1,667 |
| Mr. Zhang Jiwei | 360 | — | — | 360 | |
| Non-executive directors: | |||||
| Mr. Yan Zhi | 360 | — | — | 360 | |
| Mr. Xia Yu | 360 | — | — | 360 | |
| Independent non-executive directors: | |||||
| Mr. Lee Kang Bor, Thomas | 360 | — | — | 360 | |
| Dr. Mao Zhenhua | 360 | — | — | 360 | |
| Mr. Wong Wai Keung, Frederick | 360 | — | — | 360 | |
| 3,120 | 1,907 | — | 5,027 | ||
| Year ended 31 December 2019 | |||||
| Executive directors: | |||||
| Mr. Peng Chi | (i) | 185 | 185 | — | 370 |
| Mr. Xie Bingmu | (ii) | 360 | 1,304 | — | 1,664 |
| Mr. Zhang Jiwei | 360 | — | — | 360 | |
| Non-executive directors: | |||||
| Mr. Yan Zhi | 360 | — | — | 360 | |
| Mr. Xia Yu | (iii) | — | — | — | — |
| Mr. Lei Dechao | (iv) | 360 | — | — | 360 |
| Independent non-executive directors: | |||||
| Mr. Lee Kang Bor, Thomas | 360 | — | — | 360 | |
| Dr. Mao Zhenhua | 360 | — | — | 360 | |
| Mr. Wong Wai Keung, Frederick | 360 | — | — | 360 | |
| 2,705 | 1,489 | — | 4,194 |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
9. DIRECTORS' AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE'S REMUNERATION (Continued)
Notes:
- (i) Mr. Peng Chi was appointed as an executive director and co-chairman with effective from 10 September 2019.
- (ii) The emoluments of Mr. Xie Bingmu disclosed above include those services rendered by him as chief executive officer of the Company.
- (iii) Mr. Xia Yu was appointed as non-executive director with effective from 31 December 2019.
- (iv) Mr. Lei Dechao resigned with effect from 31 December 2019.
No emoluments were paid by the Group to any directors as an inducement to join or upon joining the Group or as compensation for loss of office during the years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019.
There were no arrangements under which a director of the Company waived or agreed to waive any remuneration during the years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019.
10. FIVE HIGHEST PAID INDIVIDUALS' EMOLUMENTS
The five individuals whose emoluments were the highest in the Group for the year include eight directors whereas six director's emoluments are the same (2019: eight directors, whereas six directors' emoluments are the same), and particularly reflected in the analysis presented in note 9 above. The emoluments paid/payable to the two (2019: two) remaining highest paid individuals for the year were as follows:
| 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Salaries and allowances | 1,280 | 1,292 |
| Retirement benefit scheme contributions | 36 | 36 |
| 1,316 | 1,328 |
The remuneration of the remaining two (2019: two) individuals fell within the following band:
| 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|
| Nil — HK\$1,000,000 | 2 | 2 |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
11. FINANCE COSTS – NET
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Interest income: | ||
| — Bank interest income | 79 | 41 |
| Interest expense: | ||
| — Interests on bank and other borrowings | (32,462) | (29,247) |
| — Interest on lease liabilities | (105) | (66) |
| — Interest on loan from a non-controlling interest | (2,551) | (2,574) |
| (35,118) | (31,887) | |
| Less: amounts capitalised on qualifying assets | — | 12,292 |
| (35,118) | (19,595) | |
| Finance costs — net | (35,039) | (19,554) |
During the year, the Group has not capitalised any borrowing costs (2019: HK\$12,292,000) in the carrying amount of qualifying assets. Borrowing costs were capitalised at the weighted average rate of nil (2019: 8.77%).
12. INCOME TAX EXPENSE
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Current tax | ||
| — Hong Kong profits tax | — | — |
| — PRC enterprise income tax | 7,254 | 13,374 |
| Overprovision in prior year | ||
| — PRC enterprise income tax | (1,485) | (1,894) |
| 5,769 | 11,480 | |
| Deferred tax | ||
| Origination and reversal of temporary difference | 8,621 | 6,420 |
| 14,390 | 17,900 |
No provision for Hong Kong profits tax has been provided during the year (2019: nil) as the Company and its subsidiaries, which are subject to Hong Kong profits tax, incurred a loss for taxation purpose.
The Group's PRC subsidiaries are subject to the PRC enterprise income tax at the standard rate of 25% (2019: 25%) on the estimated assessable profits.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
12. INCOME TAX EXPENSE (Continued)
In accordance with the relevant income tax laws applicable to entities in the PRC engaging in public infrastructure projects and upon approval by the tax bureau, Shayang County Guoli Transportation Investment Co., Limited ( 沙洋 縣國利交通投資有限公司 , "Shayang Guoli") and Zhongxiang City Port Development Co., Limited ( 鐘祥市中基港口發 展有限公司 , "Zhongxiang City Port Co.") are entitled to exemption from PRC enterprise income tax for three years (the "3-Year Exemption Entitlement") and a 50% reduction for three years thereafter (the "3-Year 50% Tax Reduction Entitlement"). The 3-Year Exemption Entitlement for Shayang Guoli, which commenced on 1 January 2016, ended on 31 December 2018 irrespective of whether Shayang Guoli was profit-making during this period and the 3-Year 50% Tax Reduction Entitlement commenced from 1 January 2019 to 31 December 2021 and tax payable is charged at 12.5%. The 3-Year Exemption Entitlement for Zhongxiang City Port Co., which commenced on 1 January 2017, ended on 31 December 2019 irrespective of whether Zhongxiang City Port Co. was profit-making during this period and the 3-Year 50% Tax Reduction Entitlement will be commenced from 1 January 2020 to 31 December 2022 and tax payable will be charged at 12.5%.
According to relevant laws and regulations in the PRC, the Group's subsidiary, namely Wuhan Yangluo Logistic Company Limited ( 武漢陽邏港物流有限公司 , "Yangluo Logistic") is qualified as small and low-profit enterprise and is entitled to the enterprise income tax rate of 5%.
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Profit before income tax | 36,802 | 55,392 |
| Tax on profit before taxation, calculated at the rates | ||
| applicable to profit in the tax jurisdiction concerned | 11,042 | 14,134 |
| Tax effect of non-deductible expenses | 2,477 | 4,142 |
| Tax effect of tax losses not recognised | 2,356 | 1,518 |
| Overprovision in prior year | (1,485) | (1,894) |
| Income tax expense | 14,390 | 17,900 |
Reconciliation between income tax expense and accounting profit at applicable tax rates:
for the year ended 31 December 2020
13. EARNINGS PER SHARE
(a) Basic earnings per share
The calculation of the basic earnings per share attributable to owners of the Company is based on the following data:
| 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Earnings | ||
| Profit for the year attributable to owners of the Company | 25,860 | 34,530 |
| 2020 | 2019 | |
| Number of shares | ||
| Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for | ||
| basic earnings per share | 1,725,066,689 | 1,725,066,689 |
| 2020 | 2019 | |
| Basic earnings per share | HK1.50 cents | HK2.00 cents |
(b) Diluted earnings per share
There are no dilutive potential ordinary shares in issue for the years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019. The diluted earnings per share are equal to the basic earnings per share.
14. DIVIDEND
The directors do not recommend the payment of a dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 (2019: nil).
for the year ended 31 December 2020
15. INVESTMENT PROPERTIES
Changes to the carrying amounts presented in the consolidated statement of financial position can be summarised as follows:
| Under | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| construction | Completed | Total | |
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Carrying amount at 1 January 2019 | 169,859 | 373,465 | 543,324 |
| Additions (note) | 27,901 | 32 | 27,933 |
| Transferred from property, plant and equipment | — | 13,934 | 13,934 |
| Transferred from construction in progress | — | 2,533 | 2,533 |
| Transferred from land use rights | — | 960 | 960 |
| Change in fair value upon reclassification from | |||
| owner occupied properties to investment | |||
| properties recognised in other comprehensive | |||
| income | — | 73,425 | 73,425 |
| Change in fair value of investment properties | |||
| recognised in profit or loss | 16,960 | 14,772 | 31,732 |
| Exchange realignment | (5,264) | (11,699) | (16,963) |
| Carrying amount at 31 December 2019 and | |||
| 1 January 2020 | 209,456 | 467,422 | 676,878 |
| Additions (note) | 957 | 559 | 1,516 |
| Change in fair value of investment properties | |||
| recognised in profit or loss | 10,579 | 34,161 | 44,740 |
| Exchange realignment | 13,827 | 31,337 | 45,164 |
| Carrying amount at 31 December 2020 | 234,819 | 533,479 | 768,298 |
Note: The additions mainly represent the cost of construction (2019: cost of construction, hydropower installation work and the interest expenses capitalised) during the year ended 31 December 2020.
Certain of the Group's investment properties have been pledged to secure bank borrowings (note 28) and other borrowings (note 29).
The Group's investment properties includes leasehold lands, berth, commercial buildings, pontoon, stacking yard, warehouses and buildings under construction and located in the PRC.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
15. INVESTMENT PROPERTIES (Continued)
The Group's investment properties measured at fair value in the consolidated statement of financial position were measured on a recurring basis, categorised into three levels of a fair value hierarchy. The levels are based on the observability and significance of inputs to the measurements, as follows:
- Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets.
- Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset, either directly or indirectly, and not using significant unobservable inputs.
- Level 3: significant unobservable inputs for the asset.
The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the investment properties are categorised in its entirety is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
As at 31 December 2020 and 2019, the Group had only Level 3 investment properties. There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 and 3 during the years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019.
The Group's investment properties were valued at 31 December 2020 by independent and professionally qualified valuer, B.I. Appraisals Limited (2019: Jones Lang LaSalle Corporate Appraisal and Advisory Limited). The valuer hold recognised relevant professional qualification and has relevant experience in the locations and categories of investment properties valued. The current use of the investment properties equates to the highest and best use.
As at 31 December 2020 and 2019, the fair value of the Group's completed commercial buildings, warehouses and stacking yard are valued on the basis of capitalisation of income since some of the buildings rent out. The Group's other investment properties were determined by using the depreciated replacement cost approach which requires a valuation of the market value of the leasehold lands in its existing use and an estimate of the new replacement cost of the buildings and structures, from which deductions are made to allow for the age, condition and functional obsolescence due to the lack of reliable market information. The market values of the lands were prepared with direct comparison approach with reference to comparable sales evidence as available in the relevant market.
As at 31 December 2020 and 2019, the fair value of the Group's investment properties under construction are valued using residual approach, which is based on rental information in the relevant market as publicly available to determine the potential value of the investment properties under construction less estimated costs to completion and expected developer profit margin as if these were completed as at the date of the valuation.
There were no changes in the valuation techniques during the year ended 31 December 2020.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
15. INVESTMENT PROPERTIES (Continued)
Information about fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
| Investment properties | Valuation techniques | Unobservable inputs | Range of unobservable inputs | Carrying amount | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2020 | 2019 | 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|||
| Leasehold lands, berth and pontoon |
Depreciated replacement cost |
Estimated new replacement cost (HK\$'000) |
76,878 | 66,028 | 148,680 | 130,980 |
| Direct comparison | Adjusted market price (HK\$/square meter) |
451 | 408 | |||
| Commercial buildings, stacking yard and warehouses |
Income capitalisation | Monthly rental (HK\$/ square meter/ month) |
11-25 | 10-24 | 384,799 | 336,442 |
| Rate of return/ capitalisation rate |
4.75% - 5.5% per annum |
5% - 5.5% per annum |
||||
| Depreciated replacement cost |
Estimated new replacement cost (HK\$'000) |
2,803 | 2,695 | |||
| Buildings under construction |
Residual | Monthly rental (HK\$/ square meter/ month) |
11-16 | 10-15 | 234,819 | 209,456 |
| Rate of return/ capitalisation rate |
4.5% per annum |
4.5% per annum |
||||
| Estimated allowance for developer's profit |
15% | 10% | ||||
| 768,298 | 676,878 |
Relationships of unobservable inputs to fair value are as follows:
- The higher the estimated new replacement cost, the higher the fair value;
- The higher the market price, the higher the fair value;
- The higher the monthly rental, the higher the fair value;
- The higher rate of return/capitalisation rate, the lower the fair value;
- The higher the estimated allowance for developer's profit, the lower the fair value.
126
for the year ended 31 December 2020
16. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
| Furniture, | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Port facilities HK\$'000 |
Terminal equipment HK\$'000 |
fixtures and equipment HK\$'000 |
Motor vehicles HK\$'000 |
Leasehold improvements HK\$'000 |
Right-of-use assets HK\$'000 |
Total HK\$'000 |
|
| At 1 January 2019 | |||||||
| Cost | 583,680 | 150,723 | 6,144 | 3,312 | 104 | — | 743,963 |
| Accumulated depreciation | (112,060) | (58,766) | (5,043) | (3,221) | (104) | — | (179,194) |
| Net book amount | 471,620 | 91,957 | 1,101 | 91 | — | — | 564,769 |
| Year ended 31 December 2019 | |||||||
| Opening net book amount | 471,620 | 91,957 | 1,101 | 91 | — | — | 564,769 |
| Additions | 6,041 | 2,748 | 213 | — | — | 3,976 | 12,978 |
| Transferred from construction in | |||||||
| progress (note 17) | 8,220 | 17,066 | — | — | — | — | 25,286 |
| Transferred to investment properties | |||||||
| (note 15) | (13,934) | — | — | — | — | — | (13,934) |
| Disposals Depreciation |
(316) (17,056) |
(80) (10,358) |
(3) (455) |
(90) — |
— — |
— (522) |
(489) (28,391) |
| Exchange realignment | (11,894) | (2,600) | (25) | (1) | — | (37) | (14,557) |
| Closing net book amount | 442,681 | 98,733 | 831 | — | — | 3,417 | 545,662 |
| At 31 December 2019 and 1 January 2020 |
|||||||
| Cost | 563,860 | 166,060 | 6,168 | 2,132 | 101 | 3,935 | 742,256 |
| Accumulated depreciation | (121,179) | (67,327) | (5,337) | (2,132) | (101) | (518) | (196,594) |
| Net book amount | 442,681 | 98,733 | 831 | — | — | 3,417 | 545,662 |
| Year ended 31 December 2020 | |||||||
| Opening net book amount | 442,681 | 98,733 | 831 | — | — | 3,417 | 545,662 |
| Additions | 223 | 556 | 252 | 67 | — | 1,169 | 2,267 |
| Transferred from construction in | |||||||
| progress (note 17) | 40,319 | 199 | — | — | — | — | 40,518 |
| Disposals | (4) | (1) | (21) | (17) | — | — | (43) |
| Termination of lease | — | — | — | — | — | (1,370) | (1,370) |
| Depreciation | (16,956) | (11,822) | (470) | (6) | — | (1,422) | (30,676) |
| Exchange realignment | 28,686 | 5,668 | 40 | 2 | — | 73 | 34,469 |
| Closing net book amount | 494,949 | 93,333 | 632 | 46 | — | 1,867 | 590,827 |
| At 31 December 2020 Cost |
641,277 | 177,347 | 6,554 | 2,159 | 107 | 2,946 | 830,390 |
| Accumulated depreciation | (146,328) | (84,014) | (5,922) | (2,113) | (107) | (1,079) | (239,563) |
| Net book amount | 494,949 | 93,333 | 632 | 46 | — | 1,867 | 590,827 |
127
for the year ended 31 December 2020
16. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (Continued)
Certain of the Group's port facilities and terminal equipment have been pledged to secure bank borrowings (note 28) and other borrowings (note 29) granted to the Group.
The Group leases an office and motor vehicles, the rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods of 2-3 years (2019: 3 years). Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis. The lease agreements do not impose any covenants. Details of the carrying amount of right-of-use assets are as follows:
| Carrying amount as at | Depreciation for the year ended | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| 31 December | 31 December | 31 December | 31 December |
| 2020 | 2019 | 2020 | 2019 |
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 |
| 809 | 1,381 | 572 | 333 |
| 1,058 | 2,036 | 850 | 189 |
| 1,867 | 3,417 | 1,422 | 522 |
During the year ended 31 December 2020, total additions to right-of-use assets included in property, plant and equipment represent the motor vehicles (2019: motor vehicles and an office) amounting to HK\$1,169,000 (2019: HK\$3,976,000). The details in relation to these leases are set out in note 30.
17. CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| At cost | ||
| At beginning of the year | 196,553 | 200,012 |
| Additions | 29,942 | 29,526 |
| Transferred to investment properties (note 15) | — | (2,533) |
| Transferred to property, plant and equipment upon completion (note 16) | (40,518) | (25,286) |
| Exchange realignment | 11,340 | (5,166) |
| At end of the year | 197,317 | 196,553 |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
18. LAND USE RIGHTS
The Group's interest in land use rights represents prepaid lease payments, the prepaid lease payments fall into the scope of IFRS 16 as it meet the definition of right-of-use assets. The movements in their net carrying amounts are analysed as follows:
| 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Opening net carrying amount | 18,680 | 20,684 |
| Amortisation | (505) | (526) |
| Transferred to investment properties (note 15) | — | (960) |
| Exchange realignment | 1,153 | (518) |
| Closing net carrying amount | 19,328 | 18,680 |
| At the reporting date | ||
| Cost | 25,517 | 24,003 |
| Accumulated amortisation | (6,189) | (5,323) |
| 19,328 | 18,680 |
The Group's land use rights have been pledged to secure bank borrowings (note 28). All the land use rights were located in the PRC and held on leases of 50 years.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
19. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
| Goodwill | Intangible assets | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| HK\$'000 | Operating license HK\$'000 |
Port operating rights HK\$'000 |
Software HK\$'000 |
Total HK\$'000 |
|
| At 1 January 2019 | |||||
| Cost | 1,018 | 4,123 | 17,135 | 22 | 21,280 |
| Accumulated amortisation | — | (2,062) | (777) | — | (2,839) |
| Net book amount | 1,018 | 2,061 | 16,358 | 22 | 18,441 |
| Year ended 31 December 2019 | |||||
| Opening net book amount | 1,018 | 2,061 | 16,358 | 22 | 18,441 |
| Amortisation | — | (1,022) | (340) | (4) | (1,366) |
| Exchange realignment | (27) | (36) | (424) | (1) | (461) |
| Closing net book amount | 991 | 1,003 | 15,594 | 17 | 16,614 |
| At 31 December 2019 and 1 January 2020 | |||||
| Cost | 991 | 4,014 | 16,684 | 21 | 20,719 |
| Accumulated amortisation | — | (3,011) | (1,090) | (4) | (4,105) |
| Net book amount | 991 | 1,003 | 15,594 | 17 | 16,614 |
| Year ended 31 December 2020 | |||||
| Opening net book amount | 991 | 1,003 | 15,594 | 17 | 16,614 |
| Amortisation | — | (1,013) | (337) | (4) | (1,354) |
| Exchange realignment | 63 | 10 | 966 | — | 976 |
| Closing net book amount | 1,054 | — | 16,223 | 13 | 16,236 |
| At 31 December 2020 | |||||
| Cost | 1,054 | 4,268 | 17,737 | 22 | 22,027 |
| Accumulated amortisation | — | (4,268) | (1,514) | (9) | (5,791) |
| Net book amount | 1,054 | — | 16,223 | 13 | 16,236 |
The carrying amount of goodwill is allocated to the municipal construction business in the PRC, which is included in the construction business segment for the year ended 31 December 2020 and 2019.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
20. INTEREST IN AN ASSOCIATE
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Cost of investment in an associate | 8,469 | 8,469 |
| Share of post-acquisition profits and other comprehensive income, | ||
| net of dividend received | 1,619 | 1,513 |
| 10,088 | 9,982 |
As at 31 December 2020 and 2019, the Group had interest in the following associate, of which is considered not individually material to the Group:
| Name of company | Country of establishment |
Type of legal entity |
Paid up capital | the Group | Attributable interest held by |
Principal activities and place of operation |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||
| Wuhan Chang Sheng Gang Tong Supply Chain Management Company Limited ("Wuhan Chang Sheng Gang Tong") |
PRC | Limited liability company |
RMB23,070,000 | 20.4% | 20.4% | Sales of motor vehicles and the provision of car parking services, in PRC |
Set out below are the aggregate information of the associate that are not individually material to the Group:
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Aggregate carrying amount of the individually immaterial associate | 10,088 | 9,982 |
| Profit before tax | 1,959 | 1,204 |
| Profit for the year | 1,412 | 823 |
| Other comprehensive income for the year | 223 | 323 |
| Total comprehensive income for the year | 1,635 | 1,146 |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
21. INVENTORIES
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Consumables, at cost | 6,258 | 5,731 |
22. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
| Note | 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|---|
| Trade and bills receivables | |||
| Trade receivables due from third parties | 69,916 | 70,038 | |
| Bills receivables | 3,587 | 3,076 | |
| 73,503 | 73,114 | ||
| Less: ECL allowance of trade receivables | (12,874) | (5,788) | |
| (a) | 60,629 | 67,326 | |
| Other receivables | |||
| Deposits, prepayment and other receivables | (b) | 65,845 | 21,489 |
| Prepayment to suppliers | 10,637 | 3,625 | |
| Value-added tax receivables | 430 | 3,391 | |
| 76,912 | 28,505 | ||
| 137,541 | 95,831 |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
22. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (Continued)
Note:
(a) Trade and bills receivables
Management of the Group consider that the fair values of the trade and bills receivables which are expected to be recovered within one year are not materially different from their carrying amounts because these balances have short maturity periods on their inception.
The Group allows a credit period of 0 days to 90 days to its customers. The following is the ageing analysis of the trade and bills receivables, net of ECL allowance, based on the invoice date or transaction date:
| 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| 0 — 30 days | 18,185 | 20,153 |
| 31 — 60 days | 10,220 | 13,428 |
| 61 — 90 days | 6,399 | 8,259 |
| Over 90 days | 25,825 | 25,486 |
| 60,629 | 67,326 |
The movement in the ECL allowance of trade and bills receivables is as follows:
| Balance at 31 December | 12,874 | 5,788 |
|---|---|---|
| Exchange realignment | 360 | — |
| ECL allowance | 6,726 | 3,423 |
| Balance at 1 January | 5,788 | 2,365 |
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| 2020 | 2019 |
All bills receivables from third parties received for settlement of trade receivable balances are denominated in RMB. As at 31 December 2020 and 2019, all bills receivables are guaranteed by established banks in the PRC.
(b) Deposits, prepayment and other receivables
The amount mainly represent the advance to staff, the refundable earnest money paid to the subcontractors and the prepayment for operating expenses.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
23. CONTRACT ASSETS
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Contract assets arising from construction contracts — unbilled revenue | 27,454 | 127,664 |
The Group's construction contracts include payment schedules which require progress payments over the construction period once certain specified milestones are reached. The Group also agrees a retention period with the customers as stipulated in the contracts for 3% of the contract value. This amount is included in contract assets until the end of the retention period as the Group's entitlement to this final payment is conditional on the Group's satisfactory work. The amount of contract assets is expected to be recovered within one year (2019: one year).
24. AMOUNT DUE FROM AN ASSOCIATE
The amount due is unsecured, interest-free and repayable on demand.
25. GOVERNMENT SUBSIDY RECEIVABLES
The amounts represent subsidies receivables from the Wuhan Municipal government by Wuhan International Container Company Limited ("WIT"), Shayang Guoli, Hubei Hannan Port Logistics Company Limited, Zhongxiang City Port Co. and Yangluo Logistics as at 31 December 2020 and 2019.
The movement in the ECL allowance of government subsidy receivables is as follows:
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Balance at 1 January | 5,594 | 2,938 |
| ECL allowance | 6,721 | 2,656 |
| Exchange realignment | 713 | — |
| Balance at 31 December | 13,028 | 5,594 |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
26. RESTRICTED DEPOSITS AND CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
At 31 December 2020, cash and cash equivalents comprised of bank balances and cash of HK\$38,180,000 (2019: HK\$93,327,000). Bank balances earn interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates.
At 31 December 2020, restricted deposits of HK\$11,682,000 (2019: HK\$10,989,000) were related to the deposits paid for the other borrowings granted to the Group as set out in note 29.
At 31 December 2020, included in bank balances and cash of the Group is HK\$36,841,000 (2019: HK\$90,626,000) of bank balances denominated in RMB placed with banks in the PRC. RMB is not a freely convertible currency. Under the PRC's Foreign Exchange Control Regulations and Administration of Settlement and Sales and Payment of Foreign Exchange Regulations, the Group is permitted to exchange RMB for foreign currencies through banks that are authorised to conduct foreign exchange business.
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Trade payables | 38,961 | 143,351 |
| Other payables | ||
| — Payables to subcontractors | 141,558 | 105,370 |
| — Deferred government subsidies | 3,756 | 3,693 |
| — Accruals and sundry payables (note a) | 98,542 | 64,466 |
| — Receipts in advance (note b) | 11,851 | 1,098 |
| 255,707 | 174,627 | |
| 294,668 | 317,978 | |
| Less: Deferred government subsidies included in non-current other payables | (3,588) | (3,533) |
| 291,080 | 314,445 |
27. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
for the year ended 31 December 2020
27. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES (Continued)
Note:
- (a) Included in amount is HK\$7,166,000 (2019: HK\$2,770,000) of accrued directors' remuneration, HK\$1,756,000 (2019: HK\$310,000) of interest payable, HK\$7,490,000 (2019: HK\$4,972,000) of salaries payable, HK\$52,255,000 (2019: HK\$24,920,000) of sundry payables.
- (b) Receipts in advance represent the advance payments received prior to delivery of goods in supply chain management and trading business and provision of terminal and construction service.
Receipts in advance amounted to HK\$1,098,000 (2019: HK\$489,000), of which HK\$1,094,000 (2019: HK\$459,000) as at the beginning of the reporting period has been recognised as revenue during the year ended 31 December 2020.
The contracts are for periods of one year or less or are billed based on time incurred. As permitted under HKFRS 15, the transaction price allocated to these unsatisfied contracts is not disclosed.
The average credit period granted by the suppliers is 90 days. The following is the ageing analysis of the Group's trade payables based on the invoice/incurred date:
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| 0 — 30 days | 25,702 | 128,181 |
| 31 — 60 days | 2,018 | 2,213 |
| 61 — 90 days | 1,807 | 1,082 |
| Over 90 days | 9,434 | 11,875 |
| 38,961 | 143,351 |
The amounts are short-term and hence the carrying values of the Group's trade and other payables are considered to be a reasonable approximation of their fair value.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
28. BANK BORROWINGS
| 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Bank borrowings | ||
| — Unsecured | 31,860 | 32,190 |
| — Secured | 205,875 | 224,187 |
| 237,735 | 256,377 |
At the reporting date, the Group's bank borrowings were repayable as follows:
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Within one year or on demand | 120,915 | 83,772 |
| After 1 year but within 2 years | 38,350 | 62,715 |
| After 2 years but within 5 years | 78,470 | 109,890 |
| 237,735 | 256,377 | |
| Less: Amount due within one year shown under current liabilities | (120,915) | (83,772) |
| Amount due after one year shown under non-current liabilities | 116,820 | 172,605 |
At the reporting date, the Group's bank borrowings were guaranteed by the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Group and secured by the equity interest of certain subsidiaries of the Group and the following assets:
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Investment properties (note 15) | 209,965 | 122,975 |
| Property, plant and equipment — Port facilities and terminal equipment | ||
| (note 16) | 318,077 | 317,560 |
| Land use rights (note 18) | 19,328 | 18,680 |
| 547,370 | 459,215 | |
All bank borrowings are denominated in RMB and interest-bearing in the range of 4.35% to 7.50% (2019: 5.61% to 7.50%) per annum.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
29. OTHER BORROWINGS
| 2020 | 2019 | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| Notes | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Other borrowings | |||
| — Unsecured | (a) | 10,000 | 4,000 |
| — Secured | (b) | 163,559 | 188,688 |
| 173,559 | 192,688 |
At the reporting date, the Group's other borrowings were repayable as follows:
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Within one year or on demand | 76,447 | 62,084 |
| After 1 year but within 2 years | 69,617 | 64,110 |
| After 2 years but within 5 years | 27,495 | 66,494 |
| Less: Amount due within one year shown under current liabilities | 173,559 (76,447) |
192,688 (62,084) |
| Amount due after one year shown under non-current liabilities | 97,112 | 130,604 |
Notes:
- (a) As at 31 December 2020, except for an amount of HK\$2,000,000 (2019: nil) which is interest-free and repayable on 18 August 2021, the remaining unsecured other borrowings carries effective interest rate at 11.39% per annum (2019: 11.39% to 16.67% per annum) and repayable on demand.
- (b) The Group entered into agreements with a third party (the "Buyer A") for (i) the disposal of certain port facilities to the Buyer A at a consideration of RMB150,000,000 (equivalent to approximately HK\$166,500,000); and (ii) leasing back of the same assets from the Buyer A for a lease period of 3 years at floating interest rate. The agreement included a repurchase option to buyback the same asset at a consideration equates to the total lease payments in (ii) above plus other charges. The transaction was not completed at the end of the reporting date. The directors considered the consideration received as other borrowings and has initially recognised it as borrowing. The amount carries an effective interest rate of 10.24% per annum and repayable by quarterly instalments till 2020. During the year ended 31 December 2020, the Group entered into a revised agreement with the Buyer A in which the lease and repayment period was extended for further six months to June 2023 with an effective interest rate of 9.54% per annum. As at 31 December 2020, the secured other borrowing of HK\$142,443,000 (2019: HK\$159,008,000) is secured by (i) the Group's port facilities with carrying amount of HK\$158,295,000 (2019: HK\$154,905,000); (ii) investment properties with carrying amount of HK\$365,936,000 (2019: HK\$81,787,000); (iii) a restricted deposit of HK\$10,620,000 (2019: HK\$9,990,000) and (iv) equity interests of certain subsidiaries of the Group and guaranteed by the Company and Zall Holdings Company Limited ( 卓爾控股有限 公司 , "Zall Holding RPC"), a related company controlled and beneficially owned by Mr. Yan.
The Group entered into agreements with a third party (the "Buyer B") for (i) the disposal of certain port facilities to the Buyer B at a consideration of RMB30,000,000 (equivalent to approximately HK\$33,300,000); and (ii) leasing back of the same assets from the Buyer B for a lease period of 3 years at floating interest rate. The agreement included a repurchase option to buyback the same asset at a consideration equates to the total lease payments in (ii) above plus other charges. The directors considered the consideration received as other borrowings and has initially recognised it as borrowing. The amount carries an effective interest rate of 11.05% per annum and repayable by quarterly instalments till 2022. As at 31 December 2020, the secured other borrowing of HK\$21,116,000 (2019: HK\$29,680,000) is secured by the Group's port facilities with carrying amount of HK\$15,315,000 (2019: HK\$33,331,000) and a restricted deposit of HK\$1,062,000 (2019: HK\$999,000) and guaranteed by certain subsidiaries of the Group.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
30. LEASE LIABILITIES
| 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Total minimum lease payments: | ||
| — Due within one year | 1,254 | 1,387 |
| — Due in the second to fifth years | 669 | 2,218 |
| 1,923 | 3,605 | |
| Future finance charges on leases liabilities | (55) | (160) |
| Present value of leases liabilities | 1,868 | 3,445 |
| Present value of minimum lease payments: | ||
| — Due within one year | 1,206 | 1,288 |
| — Due in the second to fifth years | 662 | 2,157 |
| 1,868 | 3,445 | |
| Less: Portion due within one year included under current liabilities | (1,206) | (1,288) |
| Portion due after one year included under non-current liabilities | 662 | 2,157 |
During the year ended 31 December 2020, the total cash outflows for the leases were amounted to HK\$12,749,000 (2019: HK\$821,000).
for the year ended 31 December 2020
30. LEASE LIABILITIES (Continued)
Details of the lease activities
As at 31 December 2020 and 2019, the Group has entered into leases for an office, certain motor vehicles and the port facilities and terminal equipment.
| Financial statements items of |
Range of | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Types of | right-of-use | Number | remaining | |
| right-of-use assets | assets included in | of leases | lease term | Particulars |
| Office | Property, plant and equipment |
1 (2019: 1) | 1.42 years (2019: 2.42 years) |
• Only subject to monthly fixed rental payment |
| Motor vehicles | Property, plant and equipment |
2 (2019: 1) | 1.74 years (2019: 2.50 years) |
• Contains an option to purchase the motor vehicles at the end of the lease term |
| Port facilities and terminal equipment |
Not applicable as under variable lease payment |
1 (2019: N/A) |
7.06 years (2019: N/A) |
• Subject to monthly variable lease payment based on the revenue from terminal and related business during the contract period for a cooperation agreement with Wuhan Jingkai Port Company Limited for operating Wuhan Jingkai Port since January 2020. |
| Land use rights in PRC | Land use rights | 3 (2019: 3) | 27.94-42.03 years (2019: 28.94- 43.03 years) |
• All lease payments are prepaid upon entering the contract |
| Land use rights in PRC | Investment properties | 11 (2019: 11) |
27.94-47.02 years (2019: 28.94- 48.02 years) |
• All lease payments are prepaid upon entering the contract |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
31. DEFERRED TAX
Deferred tax liabilities
The movement in the deferred tax liabilities and its components as at the reporting date during the year is as follows:
| Revaluation of property, plant and equipment HK\$'000 |
Revaluation of investment properties HK\$'000 |
Fair value adjustment in business combination HK\$'000 |
Total HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| At 1 January 2019 | — | 49,937 | 4,604 | 54,541 |
| Recognised in other comprehensive income Recognised in/(credited to) profit or loss |
18,356 | — | — | 18,356 |
| (note 12) Exchange realignment |
— — |
7,933 (1,855) |
(340) (115) |
7,593 (1,970) |
| At 31 December 2019 and 1 January 2020 | 18,356 | 56,015 | 4,149 | 78,520 |
| Recognised in/(credited to) profit or loss (note 12) |
— | 11,184 | (337) | 10,847 |
| Exchange realignment | 1,137 | 4,364 | 244 | 5,745 |
| At 31 December 2020 | 19,493 | 71,563 | 4,056 | 95,112 |
The Group's investment properties are depreciable and are held within a business model whose objective is to consume substantially all of the economic benefits embodied in the investment properties over time, rather than through sales. The Group has measured the deferred tax relating to the temporary differences of these investment properties using the tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting periods.
Deferred tax assets
The movement in the deferred tax assets and its components as at the reporting date during the year is as follows:
| ECL allowances | |
|---|---|
| HK\$'000 | |
| At 1 January 2019 | 1,311 |
| Credited to profit or loss (note 12) | 1,173 |
| At 31 December 2019 and 1 January 2020 | 2,484 |
| Credited to profit or loss (note 12) | 2,226 |
| Exchange realignment | 210 |
| At 31 December 2020 | 4,920 |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
31. DEFERRED TAX (Continued)
Deferred tax assets (Continued)
As at the reporting date, no deferred tax liability had been provided for the PRC withholding tax that would be payable on the unremitted earnings. Such earnings are expected to be retained in the PRC subsidiaries to operate and expand its business in the PRC and not to be remitted to a foreign investor in the foreseeable future.
The Group has not recognised deferred tax assets in respect of tax losses of HK\$80,771,000 (2019: HK\$64,620,000). Under the current tax legislation, tax losses of HK\$34,170,000 (2019: HK\$18,023,000) can be carried forward for five years from the year when the loss is incurred, while tax losses of HK\$46,601,000 (2019: HK\$46,597,000) have no expiry date under the current tax legislation. All tax losses are subject to the agreement from the relevant tax bureau.
32. SHARE CAPITAL
| 2020 | 2019 | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Number of | Number of | ||||
| shares | HK\$'000 | shares | HK\$'000 | ||
| Authorised: | |||||
| Ordinary shares of HK\$0.1 each | 2,000,000,000 | 200,000 | 2,000,000,000 | 200,000 | |
| Issued and fully paid: | |||||
| At 1 January and 31 December | 1,725,066,689 | 172,507 | 1,725,066,689 | 172,507 |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
33. STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION OF THE COMPANY
| 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| ASSETS AND LIABILITIES | ||
| Non-current assets | ||
| Investments in subsidiaries | 405,867 | 405,867 |
| Current assets | ||
| Prepayments, deposits and other receivables | — | 224 |
| Amounts due from subsidiaries | 149,867 | 147,027 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 14 | 9 |
| 149,881 | 147,260 | |
| Current liabilities | ||
| Trade and other payables Other borrowings |
7,207 10,000 |
3,372 4,000 |
| 17,207 | 7,372 | |
| Net current assets | 132,674 | 139,888 |
| Net assets | 538,541 | 545,755 |
| EQUITY | ||
| Share capital | 172,507 | 172,507 |
| Reserves (note) | 366,034 | 373,248 |
| Total equity | 538,541 | 545,755 |
Approved and authorised for issue by the board of directors on 30 March 2021.
Yan Zhi Xie Bingmu Director Director
for the year ended 31 December 2020
33. STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION OF THE COMPANY (Continued)
Note:
The movement of the Company's reserves are as follows:
| Share premium HK\$'000 (note 34) |
Accumulated losses HK\$'000 |
Total HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|---|
| At 1 January 2019 | 597,322 | (217,566) | 379,756 |
| Loss and total comprehensive expense for the year | — | (6,508) | (6,508) |
| At 31 December 2019 and 1 January 2020 | 597,322 | (224,074) | 373,248 |
| Loss and total comprehensive expense for the year | — | (7,214) | (7,214) |
| At 31 December 2020 | 597,322 | (231,288) | 366,034 |
34. RESERVES
(a) Share premium
Share premium represents the excess of the net proceeds from issuance of shares of the Company over its par value and the excess of the fair value of the consideration shares issued by the Company over its par value for the common control combination in 2016.
The application of share premium account is governed by the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands. Share premium of the Company is distributable to shareholders subject to the provision of the Company's memorandum and articles of association.
(b) Merger reserve
Merger reserve represents the difference between the fair value of the consideration shares for the common control combination in 2016 and the amount of issued capital of the acquiree, Zall Infrastructure Group Company Limited.
(c) Other reserve
Other reserve represents the deemed contribution arising from waiver of an amount due to the controlling shareholder, Mr. Yan, of HK\$116,250,000 of the reorganisation of the common control combination in 2016.
(d) Foreign exchange reserve
The foreign exchange reserve comprise all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of financial statements of foreign operations. These reserves are dealt with in accordance with the policies set out in note 2.4 to the consolidated financial statements.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
34. RESERVES (Continued)
(e) Fair value reserve
Fair value reserve represents the revaluation surplus between the carrying amounts of the owner occupied properties and the fair values of those properties at the date of reclassification to investment properties.
(f) Statutory reserve
In accordance with the relevant laws and regulations for the Company's PRC subsidiaries, it is required to appropriate 10% of its annual net profit determined in accordance with Accounting Standards for Business Enterprises issued by the Ministry of Finance of the PRC, after offsetting any prior years' losses, to the statutory reserve. When the balance of such a reserve reaches 50% of the registered capital of the respective company, any further appropriation is at the discretion of its shareholders. The statutory reserve can be used to offset prior years' losses, if any, and may be converted into share capital by issuing new shares to shareholders in proportion to their existing share holding or by increasing the par value of the shares currently held by them, provided that the remaining balance of the reserve after such an issue is not less than 25% of registered capital. The statutory reserve is non-distributable. As at 31 December 2020 and 2019, statutory reserve is included in the consolidated retained profits. Movements of the statutory reserve during the year is as follows:
| 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Balance at 1 January | 18,344 | 16,059 |
| Additions — appropriation within retained profits | 1,194 | 2,285 |
| Balance at 31 December | 19,538 | 18,344 |
(g) Distributable earnings
The statutory financial statements of the Company's principal subsidiaries in the PRC, such as WIT, are prepared under generally accepted accounting principles in the PRC which differ from IFRSs. Any dividends paid by the PRC subsidiaries will be based on profits as reported in its statutory financial statements. Accordingly, distributable retained earnings would be limited to the amounts of available retained earnings as recorded in the statutory financial statements of the PRC subsidiaries.
At 31 December 2020, in the opinion of the directors of the Company, the aggregate amount of reserves available for distribution to shareholders of the Company was approximately HK\$366,034,000 (2019: HK\$373,248,000).
for the year ended 31 December 2020
35. LEASE COMMITMENTS
As lessor
At the reporting date, the total future minimum lease income receivables under non-cancellable operating leases of investment properties with its tenants are as follows:
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|---|---|
| 8,045 | 8,145 |
| 2,363 | 6,660 |
| — | 2,250 |
| 10,408 | 17,055 |
The Group leases a number of properties under operating leases to the tenants. The leases run for an initial period of one year to three years. None of the leases include contingent rentals.
36. CAPITAL COMMITMENTS
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Contracted but not provided for: | ||
| — Construction of property, plant and equipment and investment | ||
| properties | 154,676 | 114,225 |
37. AMOUNT DUE TO A NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST
The amount represents the balances due to Shayang Xingang Investment Development Centre(沙洋新港區投資發展中 心)("Shayang Xingang"), a non-controlling interest of a subsidiary. Included in the amount of HK\$47,200,000 (2019: HK\$44,400,000) was interest bearing at 5.39% to 6% (2019: 5.39% to 6%) per annum, the remaining amount of HK\$12,210,000 (2019: HK\$8,957,000) was interest-free, all amounts were unsecured and repayable on demand. Total interest expenses incurred for the year ended 31 December 2020 amounted to HK\$2,551,000 (2019: HK\$2,574,000).
for the year ended 31 December 2020
38. CONNECTED AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Group's accounting policies on related parties are disclosed in note 2.26. In addition to the transactions/information disclosed elsewhere in these consolidated financial statements, during the year, the Group had the following material transactions with related parties:
(a) During the year, the connected and related parties that had transactions with the Group were as follows:
| Name of related parties | Relationship with the Group |
|---|---|
| Mr. Yan | Director of the Company and the controlling shareholder of the Company |
| Zall Holdings | Ultimate holding company, and wholly owned and controlled by Mr. Yan |
| China Tongshang Investment | Immediate holding company |
| Zall Holding PRC | Controlled and beneficially owned by Mr. Yan |
| Zall Development (HK) Holding Company Limited ("Zall HK") |
Controlled and beneficially owned by Mr. Yan |
| Zall Smart Commerce Group Ltd. ("Zall Smart") | Controlled and beneficially owned by Mr. Yan |
| Zall Development (Xiaogan) Limited | Controlled and beneficially owned by Mr. Yan |
| (卓爾發展(孝感)有限公司 , "Zall (Xiaogan)") | |
| Hubei Dabeishan Cultural Tourism Development | Controlled and beneficially owned by Mr. Yan and |
| Company Limited (湖北大別山文化旅遊開發有限公司 , | his associate |
| "Hubei Dabeishan") | |
| Wuhan Chang Sheng Gang Tong | Associate company of the Group |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
38. CONNECTED AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)
(b) Balances with related parties
Lease liabilities payables
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Zall Smart | 849 | 1,405 |
Amount due from a related company
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| China Tongshang Investment | 56 | 54 |
The amount due is unsecured, interest-free and repayable on demand.
Amount due to a related company
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Zall Holding PRC | 136 | 106 |
Amount due to the controlling shareholder
The amount due to Mr. Yan is unsecured, interest-free and repayable on demand.
Amount due to ultimate holding company
The amount due to Zall Holdings is unsecured, interest-free and repayable on demand.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
38. CONNECTED AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)
(c) During the year, the transactions with related parties of the Group were as follows:
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
||
|---|---|---|---|
| Zall HK | Rental and building | ||
| management fee paid | — | 261 | |
| Zall Smart | Interest paid on lease liabilities | 72 | 66 |
| Principal paid on lease liabilities | 556 | 366 | |
| Zall (Xiaogan) | Revenue from provision of | ||
| construction work | 19,933 | 85,002 | |
| Hubei Dabeishan | Revenue from provision of | ||
| construction work | 5,138 | 41,468 | |
| Wuhan Chang Sheng Gang Tong | Revenue from property business | 7,839 | 5,259 |
(d) Compensation of key management personnel
The remuneration of directors and other members of key management during the year were as follows:
| 2020 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Salaries, allowances and other benefits | 4,599 | 5,315 |
| Pension contributions | 18 | 45 |
| 4,617 | 5,360 |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
39. INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES
Particulars of the principal subsidiaries at 31 December 2020 and 2019 are as follows:
| Name of company | Place/country of incorporation and operation |
Type of legal entity |
Particulars of issued and paid-up shares/ registered capital |
Percentage of issued capital held by the Company |
Principal activities | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Direct | Indirect | |||||
| China Infrastructure & Logistics Group Holdings Limited ("CIL Group Holdings") |
The British Virgin Islands ("BVI") |
Limited liability company |
12,000 ordinary shares of US\$1 each |
100% | — | Investment holding |
| Wuhan Investment Holdings Limited |
BVI | Limited liability company |
100 ordinary shares of US\$1 each |
100% | — | Investment holding |
| CIG Yangtze Corporate and Project Finance Limited |
Hong Kong | Limited liability company |
100 ordinary shares | 99% | 1% | Provision of treasury, general and administrative services to group companies and investment holding |
| Tongshang Supply Chain Management (HK) Company Limited |
Hong Kong | Limited liability company |
100 ordinary shares | 100% | — | Dormant |
| WIT | The PRC | Sino-foreign equity joint venture enterprise |
RMB130,000,000 | — | 85% | Port construction and operations |
| 武漢中基通用港口發展有限公司 CIG Wuhan Multipurpose Port Limited* |
The PRC | Wholly-owned foreign enterprise |
RMB16,000,000 | — | 100% | Port construction and operations |
| Yangluo Logistic | The PRC | Private limited company |
RMB5,000,000 | — | 85% | Provision of customs clearance and logistics services |
| Zall Infrastructure Group Company Limited |
BVI | Limited liability company |
1 ordinary share of US\$1 |
— | 100% | Investment holding |
| Zall Infrastructure (HK) Company Limited |
Hong Kong | Limited liability company |
1 ordinary share | — | 100% | Investment holding |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
39. INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES (Continued)
| Name of company | Place/country of incorporation and operation |
Type of legal entity |
Particulars of issued and paid-up shares/ registered capital |
Percentage of issued capital held by the Company |
Principal activities | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Direct | Indirect | ||||||
| 卓爾基業建設(武漢)有限公司 Zall Infrastructure (Wuhan) Company Limited* |
The PRC | Limited liability company |
RMB1,000,000 | — | 100% | Investment holding | |
| 通商實業投資集團有限公司 Tongshang Enterprise Investment Group Company Limited* |
The PRC | Limited liability company |
RMB1,000,000 | — | 100% | Investment holding | |
| 湖北漢南港實業有限公司 Hubei Hannan Port Enterprise Company Limited* |
The PRC | Limited liability company |
RMB100,000,000 | — | 100% | Investment holding and the port leasing |
|
| 湖北漢南港物流有限公司 Hubei Hannan Port Logistics Company Limited* |
The PRC | Limited liability company |
RMB15,000,000 | — | 100% | Building leasing and provision of logistics services |
|
| Shayang Guoli | The PRC | Limited liability company |
RMB200,000,000 | — | 60% | Port construction and operations |
|
| 漢江港物流中心有限公司 Hanjiang Port Logistics Centre Company Limited* |
The PRC | Limited liability company |
RMB50,000,000 | — | 100% | Provision of customs clearance and logistics services |
|
| 通商供應鏈管理(武漢) 有限公司 Tongshang Supply Chain Management (Wuhan) Company Limited* |
The PRC | Limited liability company |
RMB10,000,000 | — | 100% | Supply chain services and logistics consultation |
|
| 湖北浩航通商國際船舶代理 有限公司 Hubei Haohang Tongshang International Shipping Agency Company Limited ("Hubei Haohang")*^ |
The PRC | Limited liability company |
RMB5,000,000 | — | 49% | Port operations | |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
39. INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES (Continued)
| Name of company | Place/country of incorporation and operation |
Type of legal entity |
Particulars of issued and paid-up shares/ registered capital |
Percentage of issued capital held by the Company |
Principal activities | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Direct | Indirect | |||||
| 武漢通商綠動科技有限公司 Wuhan Tongshang Green Power Technology Company Limited* |
The PRC | Limited liability company |
RMB50,000,000 | — | 51% | Construction of liquefied natural gas ("LNG") powered vessels and LNG fueling stations |
| Zhongxiang City Port Co. | The PRC | Limited liability company |
RMB100,000,000 | — | 60% | Port construction and operations |
| 中基通商園林(武漢)有限公司 Zhongji Tongshang Yuanlin (Wuhan) Co., Ltd.* |
The PRC | Limited liability company |
RMB5,000,000 | — | 100% | Construction |
| 中基通商建設(武漢)有限公司 Zhongji Tongshang Construction (Wuhan) Co., Limited* |
The PRC | Limited liability company |
RMB10,000,000 | — | 100% | Construction (2019: investment holding and construction) |
| 中基通商市政工程(武漢) 有限公司 Zhongji Tongshang Municipal Construction Engineering (Wuhan) Co., Ltd.* |
The PRC | Limited liability company |
RMB40,000,000 | — | 100% | Construction |
| 卓爾通商環境科技(武漢) 有限公司 Zall Tongshang Environment Technology Co., Limited* |
The PRC | Limited liability company |
RMB50,000,000 | — | 100% | Construction |
* For identification purpose only
^
Although the Group had only 49% ownership in Hubei Haohang, the directors concluded that the Group has sufficiently dominant voting interest to direct the relevant activities of Hubei Haohang. The remaining 51% ownership are owned by certain shareholders that are unrelated to the Group with individually holding from 5% to 24%.
152
for the year ended 31 December 2020
39. INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES (Continued)
The following table lists out the information relating to WIT, Shayang Guoli and Zhongxiang City Port Co. which the Company has material non-controlling interests ("NCI"). The summarised financial information presented below represents the amounts before any inter-group elimination and fair value adjustments arising from the acquisitions.
WIT:
| 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| NCI percentage | 15% | 15% |
| Current assets | 330,378 | 328,603 |
| Non-current assets | 404,949 | 368,526 |
| Current liabilities | (164,878) | (128,551) |
| Non-current liabilities | (170,953) | (218,510) |
| Net assets | 399,496 | 350,068 |
| Carrying amount of NCI | 59,924 | 52,510 |
| Revenue | 108,503 | 119,015 |
| Profit for the year | 25,983 | 23,800 |
| Profit allocated to NCI | 3,897 | 3,570 |
| Total comprehensive income | 49,428 | 70,164 |
| Total comprehensive income allocated to NCI | 7,414 | 10,524 |
| Dividend paid to NCI | — | — |
| Cash flows (used in)/from operating activities | (2,435) | 33,008 |
| Cash flow used in investing activities | (3,600) | (206,740) |
| Cash flow from financing activities | 5,060 | 178,876 |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
39. INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES (Continued)
Shayang Guoli:
| 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| NCI percentage | 40% | 40% |
| Current assets | 16,155 | 20,397 |
| Non-current assets | 209,003 | 199,656 |
| Current liabilities | (134,184) | (127,033) |
| Non-current liabilities | — | — |
| Net assets | 90,974 | 93,020 |
| Carrying amount of NCI | 36,390 | 37,208 |
| Revenue | 8,433 | 20,988 |
| (Loss)/Profit for the year | (7,685) | 35 |
| (Loss)/Profit allocated to NCI | (3,074) | 14 |
| Total comprehensive expense | (2,046) | (2,502) |
| Total comprehensive expense allocated to NCI | (818) | (1,001) |
| Dividend paid to NCI | — | — |
| Cash flows (used in)/from operating activities | (1,459) | 6,852 |
| Cash flow used in investing activities | (598) | (104) |
| Cash flow from/(used in) financing activities | 1,199 | (4,761) |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
39. INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES (Continued)
Zhongxiang City Port Co.:
| 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| NCI percentage | 40% | 40% |
| Current assets | 12,435 | 16,433 |
| Non-current assets | 134,080 | 126,728 |
| Current liabilities | (26,497) | (20,030) |
| Non-current liabilities | — | — |
| Net assets | 120,018 | 123,131 |
| Carrying amount of NCI | 48,007 | 49,252 |
| Revenue | 4,851 | 11,160 |
| Loss for the year | (10,537) | (1,145) |
| Loss allocated to NCI | (4,215) | (458) |
| Total comprehensive expense | (3,113) | (4,483) |
| Total comprehensive expense allocated to NCI | (1,245) | (1,793) |
| Dividend paid to NCI | — | — |
| Cash flows used in operating activities | (852) | (50) |
| Cash flow used in investing activities | — | (4,003) |
| Cash flow from financing activities | 1,292 | 622 |
40. SIGNIFICANT NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS
In addition to the transactions/information disclosed elsewhere in these consolidated financial statements, during the year ended 31 December 2020, the Group entered into certain lease contracts in which additions to right-of-use assets and lease liabilities amounting to HK\$1,169,000 (2019: HK\$3,976,000) was recognised at the lease commencement date.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
41. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities
The table below set out the reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities.
| Amount due to the controlling shareholder HK\$'000 |
Amount due to a non controlling interest HK\$'000 |
Bank borrowings HK\$'000 |
Other borrowings HK\$'000 |
Lease liabilities HK\$'000 |
Total HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| At 1 January 2019 | 52,011 | 52,202 | 274,052 | 108,966 | — | 487,231 |
| Cash flows | ||||||
| — Repayment | — | — | (130,432) | (110,349) | — | (240,781) |
| — Proceeds | 4,120 | — | 119,780 | 198,427 | — | 322,327 |
| — Capital element of lease | ||||||
| rentals paid | — | — | — | — | (494) | (494) |
| — Interest element of lease | ||||||
| rentals paid | — | — | — | — | (66) | (66) |
| Non-cash transactions | ||||||
| — Interest expenses | — | 2,574 | — | — | 66 | 2,640 |
| — Entering into new leases | — | — | — | — | 3,976 | 3,976 |
| — Exchange differences | — | (1,419) | (7,023) | (4,356) | (37) | (12,835) |
| At 31 December 2019 and | ||||||
| 1 January 2020 | 56,131 | 53,357 | 256,377 | 192,688 | 3,445 | 561,998 |
| Cash flows | ||||||
| — Repayment | — | — | (89,006) | (35,146) | — | (124,152) |
| — Proceeds | — | — | 55,966 | 6,000 | — | 61,966 |
| — Capital element of lease | ||||||
| rentals paid | — | — | — | — | (922) | (922) |
| — Interest element of lease | ||||||
| rentals paid | — | — | — | — | (105) | (105) |
| Non-cash transactions | ||||||
| — Interest expenses | — | 2,551 | — | — | 105 | 2,656 |
| — Entering into new leases | — | — | — | — | 1,169 | 1,169 |
| — Lease modification | — | — | — | — | (1,894) | (1,894) |
| — Exchange differences | — | 3,502 | 14,398 | 10,017 | 70 | 27,987 |
| At 31 December 2020 | 56,131 | 59,410 | 237,735 | 173,559 | 1,868 | 528,703 |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
42. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The Group is exposed to financial risks through the use of its financial instruments in the ordinary course of operation. The main risks arising from the Group's financial instruments are interest rate risk, liquidity risk, foreign currency risk and credit risk. The board of directors of the Company (the "Board") generally adopts conservative strategies on its risk management and limits the Group's exposure to these risks to a minimum. The Board reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks and they are summarised below.
42.1 Categories of financial assets and liabilities
The carrying amounts presented in the consolidated statement of financial position relate to the following categories of financial assets and financial liabilities.
| 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Financial assets | ||
| Financial assets at amortised cost | ||
| — Restricted deposits | 11,682 | 10,989 |
| — Trade and other receivables | 118,831 | 86,037 |
| — Amount due from a related company | 56 | 54 |
| — Amount due from an associate | 180 | 1,402 |
| — Government subsidy receivables | 40,807 | 26,628 |
| — Cash and cash equivalents | 38,180 | 93,327 |
| 209,736 | 218,437 | |
| Financial liabilities | ||
| Financial liabilities at amortised cost | ||
| — Trade and other payables | 277,247 | 314,285 |
| — Amount due to a non-controlling interest | 59,410 | 53,357 |
| — Amount due to a related company | 136 | 106 |
| — Amount due to ultimate holding company | 1,279 | 1,300 |
| — Amount due to the controlling shareholder | 56,131 | 56,131 |
| — Borrowings | 411,294 | 449,065 |
| — Lease liabilities | 1,868 | 3,445 |
| 807,365 | 877,689 |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
42. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)
42.2 Interest rate risk
The Group's interest rate risk arises from its interest-bearing borrowings subject to adjustments in line with movements in the applicable lending rates of the PRC. Bank and other borrowings bearing variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group has not hedged against such a risk as it does not see the benefit in so doing.
Based on the balance of its interest-bearing borrowings as at 31 December 2020, it is estimated that should there be a general increase/decrease of 50 basis points in the lending rates of the People's Bank of China with all other variables being held constant, this would have the effect of decreasing/increasing the Group's profit for the year ended 31 December 2020 and retained profits as at 31 December 2020 by approximately HK\$1,385,000 (2019: HK\$1,357,000). The above sensitivity analysis is prepared based on the assumption that the borrowings as at 31 December 2020 and 2019 existed throughout the whole respective financial year.
42.3 Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk refers to the risk in which the Group will not be able to meet its obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group is exposed to liquidity risk in respect of settlement of trade payables and its financing obligations, and also in respect of its cash flow management. The Group's objective is to maintain an appropriate level of liquid assets and committed lines of funding to meet its liquidity requirements in the short and longer term. Liquidity risk is also managed by matching the payment and receipt cycles and short-term obligations are refinanced as necessary. The Groups' operations are financed mainly through equity, operating cash flows and interest-bearing borrowings.
The Group has net current liabilities of approximately HK\$384,151,000 as at 31 December 2020. As explained in note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements, the consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis as the directors of the Company are of the opinion that the Group has sufficient reserve of cash and cash equivalents and financing support for its working capital purpose and to enable it to continue to meet its obligations as they fall due.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
42. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)
42.3 Liquidity risk (Continued)
An analysis of financial liabilities of the Group based on undiscounted contractual maturity is as follows:
| Weighted average effective interest rate % |
Within 1 year or on demand HK\$'000 |
Between 1 and 2 years HK\$'000 |
Between 2 to 5 years HK\$'000 |
Total HK\$'000 |
Carrying amount HK\$'000 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| At 31 December 2020 | ||||||
| Trade and other payables | — | 277,247 | — | — | 277,247 | 277,247 |
| Amount due to a non-controlling | ||||||
| interest | 5.70 | 59,410 | — | — | 59,410 | 59,410 |
| Amount due to a related | ||||||
| company | — | 136 | — | — | 136 | 136 |
| Amount due to ultimate holding | ||||||
| company | — | 1,279 | — | — | 1,279 | 1,279 |
| Amount due to the controlling | ||||||
| shareholder | — | 56,131 | — | — | 56,131 | 56,131 |
| Bank borrowings | 5.88 | 130,531 | 44,130 | 80,794 | 255,455 | 237,735 |
| Other borrowings | 9.70 | 89,510 | 76,165 | 28,396 | 194,071 | 173,559 |
| Lease liabilities | 5.28 | 1,254 | 669 | — | 1,923 | 1,868 |
| 615,498 | 120,964 | 109,190 | 845,652 | 807,365 | ||
| At 31 December 2019 | ||||||
| Trade and other payables | — | 314,285 | — | — | 314,285 | 314,285 |
| Amount due to a non-controlling | ||||||
| interest | 5.70 | 53,357 | — | — | 53,357 | 53,357 |
| Amount due to a related | ||||||
| company | — | 106 | — | — | 106 | 106 |
| Amount due to ultimate holding | ||||||
| company | — | 1,300 | — | — | 1,300 | 1,300 |
| Amount due to the controlling | ||||||
| shareholder | — | 56,131 | — | — | 56,131 | 56,131 |
| Bank borrowings | 6.32 | 96,490 | 70,308 | 117,619 | 284,417 | 256,377 |
| Other borrowings Lease liabilities |
10.43 5.28 |
78,793 1,387 |
74,793 1,387 |
70,524 831 |
224,110 3,605 |
192,688 3,445 |
| 601,849 | 146,488 | 188,974 | 937,311 | 877,689 |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
42. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)
42.4 Foreign currency risk
Foreign currency risk refers to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rate. The Group mainly operates in the PRC and its principal activities are transacted in RMB. Therefore, the directors consider the Group has no significant foreign currency risk.
42.5 Credit risk
Credit risk refers to the risk that the counterparty to a financial instrument would fail to discharge its obligation under the terms of the financial instrument and cause a financial loss to the Group. The Group's exposure to credit risk mainly arises from granting credit to debtors in the ordinary course of its operations and for the amounts due from related parties, government subsidy receivables, restricted deposits and bank balances.
The Group's maximum exposure to credit risk on recognised financial assets is limited to their carrying amounts as disclosed in note 42.1.
(i) Trade and bills receivables and contract assets
The Group's policy is to deal only with credit worthy counterparties. Credit terms are granted to new customers after a credit worthiness assessment. When considered appropriate, customers may be requested to provide proof as to their financial position. Where available at reasonable cost, external credit ratings and/or reports on customers are obtained and used. Customers who are not considered creditworthy are required to pay in advance or on delivery of goods and services. Payment record of customers is closely monitored. It is not the Group's policy to request collateral from its customers.
The Group applied the simplified approach and individual assessment to provide for impairment for ECL prescribed by IFRS 9, which permits the use of the lifetime expected loss provision for impairment of all trade and bills receivables and contract assets.
For trade and bills receivables, the Group assesses ECL under IFRS 9 based on provision matrix, the expected loss rates are based on the payment profile for revenue in the past 36 months as well as the corresponding historical credit losses during that period. The historical rates are adjusted to reflect current and forwardlooking macroeconomic factors affecting the customer's ability to settle the amount outstanding. At each reporting date, the historical default rates are updated and changes in the forward-looking estimates are analysed. In applying the forward-looking information, the Group has taken into account the possible impacts associated with the overall change in the economic environment arising from COVID-19.
For contract assets, the Group considered that the ECL rate for contract assets is minimal and therefore no ECL allowance of contract assets was necessary as at 31 December 2020 and 2019.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
42. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)
42.5 Credit risk (Continued)
(i) Trade and bills receivables and contract assets (Continued)
Trade and bills receivables and contract assets are written off (i.e. derecognised) when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Failure to engage with the Company on alternative payment arrangement amongst other is considered indicators of no reasonable expectation of recovery.
On the above basis, the ECL for trade and bills receivables as at 31 December 2020 and 2019 was determined as follows:
| Gross | Net | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Expected | carrying | ECL | carrying | ||
| loss rate | amount | allowance | amount | ||
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |||
| As at 31 December 2020 | |||||
| Collective assessment | |||||
| — Current | 0%-0.9% | 28,574 | 222 | 28,352 | |
| — 1-90 days past due | 0.9% | 6,703 | 60 | 6,643 | |
| — 91-180 days past due | 0.9% | 1,800 | 16 | 1,784 | |
| — Over 180 days | 18.7%-100% | 1,656 | 878 | 778 | |
| Individual assessment | |||||
| — Current | 0.8% | 5,098 | 43 | 5,055 | |
| — 1-90 days past due | 1.5%-2.5% | 4,021 | 50 | 3,971 | |
| — 91-180 days past due | 3%-10% | 3,134 | 100 | 3,034 | |
| — Over 180 days | 50%-100% | 22,517 | 11,505 | 11,012 | |
| 73,503 | 12,874 | 60,629 | |||
| As at 31 December 2019 | |||||
| Collective assessment | |||||
| — Current | 0%-0.8% | 32,827 | 250 | 32,577 | |
| — 1-90 days past due | 0.8% | 6,909 | 54 | 6,855 | |
| — 91-180 days past due | 0.8% | 6,344 | 50 | 6,294 | |
| — Over 180 days | 20.5%-100% | 2,192 | 900 | 1,292 | |
| Individual assessment | |||||
| — Current | 1% | 4,898 | 49 | 4,849 | |
| — 1-90 days past due | 1.5%-2.5% | 5,050 | 101 | 4,949 | |
| — 91-180 days past due | 3%-10% | 3,657 | 275 | 3,382 | |
| — Over 180 days | 20.5%-100% | 11,237 | 4,109 | 7,128 | |
| 73,114 | 5,788 | 67,326 |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
42. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)
42.5 Credit risk (Continued)
(ii) Other financial assets at amortised cost
Other financial assets at amortised cost include deposits and other receivables, government subsidy receivables, amounts due from related parties, restricted deposits and bank balances. In order to minimise the credit risk of these financial assets, the management would make periodic collective and individual assessment on the recoverability of deposits and other receivables, government subsidy receivables and amount due from related parties based on historical settlement records and past experience as well as current external information, including indemnity obtained from related parties, and adjusted to reflect probability-weighted forward-looking information, including the default rate where the relevant debtors operates. Other monitoring procedures are in place to ensure that follow-up action is taken to recover overdue debts. In these regards, the credit risk of deposits and other receivables, amounts due from related parties, restricted deposits and certain of the government subsidy receivables are considered to be low.
Besides, the management is of opinion that there is no significant increase in credit risk on these restricted deposits, other receivables and amounts due from related parties since initial recognition as the risk of default is low after considering the factors as set out in note 2.11 and, thus, ECL allowance is not significant.
As at 31 December 2020, the management considered that the credit risk for part of the government subsidy receivables, which are recognised in previous years, is increased and, thus, ECL allowance of HK\$6,721,000 (2019: HK\$2,656,000) was recognised during the year.
The movement of gross balance of government subsidy receivables is as follows:
| Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Balance at 1 January 2019 | 34,017 | 5,744 | — | 39,761 |
| Amounts originated | 35,789 | — | — | 35,789 |
| Amounts recovered or repaid | ||||
| during the year | (43,178) | (150) | — | (43,328) |
| Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3 | — | (5,594) | 5,594 | — |
| Balance at 31 December 2019 | ||||
| and 1 January 2020 | 26,628 | — | 5,594 | 32,222 |
| Amounts originated | 51,203 | — | — | 51,203 |
| Amounts recovered or repaid | ||||
| during the year | (32,618) | — | — | (32,618) |
| Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2 | (16,800) | 16,800 | — | — |
| Exchange realignment | 1,774 | 900 | 354 | 3,028 |
| Balance at 31 December 2020 | 30,187 | 17,700 | 5,948 | 53,835 |
for the year ended 31 December 2020
42. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)
42.5 Credit risk (Continued)
(ii) Other financial assets at amortised cost (Continued)
The movement in the ECL allowance of government subsidy receivables is as follows:
| Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Balance at 1 January 2019 | 38 | 2,900 | — | 2,938 |
| Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3 | — | (2,900) | 2,900 | — |
| ECL allowance recognised/ | ||||
| (reversed) during the year | (38) | — | 2,694 | 2,656 |
| Balance at 31 December 2019 and 1 January 2020 |
— | — | 5,594 | 5,594 |
| ECL allowance recognised during | ||||
| the year | — | 6,721 | — | 6,721 |
| Exchange realignment | 359 | 354 | 713 | |
| Balance at 31 December 2020 | — | 7,080 | 5,948 | 13,028 |
The credit risks on bank balances are considered to be insignificant because the counterparties are banks/ financial institutions with high credit ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies.
42.6 Fair values
All financial instruments are carried at amounts not materially different from their fair values as at 31 December 2020 and 2019.
for the year ended 31 December 2020
43. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
The Group's objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group's ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.
The Group monitors its capital structure on the basis of gearing ratio. The calculation of the gearing ratio was based on total interest-bearing borrowings over equity attributable to owners of the Company. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may issue new shares, quasi-equity or other equity related instruments or sell assets to reduce debt.
At 31 December 2020, the Group has a gross gearing ratio of approximately 0.6 times (2019: 0.7 times) and a net gearing ratio of approximately 0.5 times (2019: 0.6 times). The calculation of the gross gearing ratio was based on total interest-bearing borrowings (including bank borrowings, other borrowings and amount due to a non-controlling interest) over equity attributable to owners of the Company as at 31 December 2020 and 2019, respectively. The calculation of net gearing ratio is the same as that of gross gearing ratio except that total interest-bearing borrowings are net of cash and cash equivalents held by the Group as at 31 December 2020 and 2019, respectively.
| 2020 | 2019 | |
|---|---|---|
| HK\$'000 | HK\$'000 | |
| Total interest-bearing borrowings | 456,494 | 493,465 |
| Less: cash and cash equivalents | (38,180) | (93,327) |
| 418,314 | 400,138 | |
| Equity attributable to owners of the Company | 767,527 | 693,073 |
| Gross gearing ratio | 0.6 | 0.7 |
| Net gearing ratio | 0.5 | 0.6 |
44. EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING DATE
On 1 March 2021, CIG Wuhan Multipurpose Port Limited, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into the disposal agreement with Shayang Xingang, an organisation under the county government of Shayang County of Hubei Province of the PRC in relation to the disposal of 60% equity interests of Shayang Guoli at a consideration of approximately RMB47.1 million (equivalent to approximately HK\$56.5 million) (the "Disposal"). The Disposal was subsequently completed in March 2021 and Shayang Guoli has since ceased to be an indirectly non-wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and Shayang Guoli's financial results will no longer be consolidated into the Group's consolidated financial statements. For further details, please refer to the announcement of the Company dated 1 March 2021.
Major properties information
The Group's property portfolio summary — Major properties held for investment
| No. Property | Location | Stage of completion |
Term of land | Expected date of completion |
Existing/ intended use |
Approximate gross site area (sq.m) |
Approximate gross floor area (sq.m) |
Group's Interest (%) |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1. | The RORO berth and land in first phase of Hannan Port |
Southern side of 103 provincial highway, Dengnan Street, Hannan District, Wuhan, Hubei Province, PRC |
Completed | Medium | N/A | Port | 159,541 | — | 100% |
| 2. | First phase of Hannan Port Zall Eco-Industry City (卓爾生態工業城) Phase I |
Dengnan Street, Hannan District, Wuhan, Hubei Province, PRC |
Completed | Medium | N/A | Warehouse, workshop and ancillary office |
144,169 | 59,305 | 100% |
| 3. | Hanjiang Port logistics centre |
No. 10 Gongye Street, Shayang County, Jingmen City, Hubei Province, PRC |
Under development |
Medium | December 2022 Logistics centre | 265,852 | 95,685 | 100% | |
| 4. | Stacking yard and warehouses (including two 1,500-Ton corn silos) the WIT Port |
No. 8 Pingjiang Road, Yangluo Economic Development Zone, Wuhan, Hubei Province, PRC |
Completed | Medium | N/A | Stacking yard and warehouse |
41,899 | 41,899 | 85% |
Financial Summary
| For the year ended 31 December | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2016 HK\$'000 |
2017 HK\$'000 |
2018 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
2020 HK\$'000 |
|
| Revenue Cost of services rendered and goods sold |
207,032 (107,624) |
234,446 (125,668) |
262,505 (131,628) |
352,021 (247,457) |
443,550 (353,122) |
| Gross profit Other income General, administrative and other |
99,408 29,797 |
108,778 61,747 |
130,877 32,894 |
104,564 18,104 |
90,428 26,239 |
| operating expenses | (34,172) | (40,791) | (47,390) | (49,404) | (57,364) |
| EBITDA Finance costs — net |
95,033 (21,015) |
129,734 (22,614) |
116,381 (21,880) |
73,264 (19,554) |
59,303 (35,039) |
| EBTDA | 74,018 | 107,120 | 94,501 | 53,710 | 24,264 |
| Depreciation and amortisation Change in fair value of investment properties |
(20,603) 23,651 |
(25,685) 14,278 |
(30,854) 41,718 |
(30,283) 31,732 |
(32,535) 44,740 |
| Gain on bargain purchase Share of profit of an associate Income tax expense |
14,580 838 (16,019) |
— 99 (19,636) |
— 755 (26,903) |
— 233 (17,900) |
— 333 (14,390) |
| Profit for the year | 76,465 | 76,176 | 79,217 | 37,492 | 22,412 |
| Profit/(loss) for the year attributable to: | |||||
| Owners of the Company Non-controlling interests |
68,913 7,552 |
66,795 9,381 |
71,259 7,958 |
34,530 2,962 |
25,860 (3,448) |
| 76,465 | 76,176 | 79,217 | 37,492 | 22,412 | |
| At 31 December | |||||
| 2016 HK\$'000 |
2017 HK\$'000 |
2018 HK\$'000 |
2019 HK\$'000 |
2020 HK\$'000 |
|
| ASSETS AND LIABILITIES | |||||
| Non-current assets | 1,043,443 | 1,219,401 | 1,369,568 | 1,478,833 | 1,619,750 |
| Current assets Current liabilities |
188,375 (410,722) |
268,893 (365,478) |
190,338 (579,937) |
350,637 (599,725) |
250,476 (634,627) |
| Net current liabilities | (222,347) | (96,585) | (389,599) | (249,088) | (384,151) |
| Non-current liabilities | (217,304) | (388,642) | (207,083) | (387,419) | (313,294) |
Total equity 603,792 734,174 772,886 842,326 922,305
Note:
166
(1) The summary above does not form part of the audited consolidated financial statements.